第二章 Shaman Dances, River Lanterns and the Temple Fair

Chapter Two

第二
dì èr — 1. second 2. number two 3. next 4. secondary
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 6)

Aside from these petty, mundane matters of practical life, Hulan River also had, in the realm of the spirit, no small number of grand events, such as

呼蘭
Hū lán — see 呼蘭區 (Hū lán Qū)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
除了
chú le — 1. apart from; besides; in addition to (used to exclude, as in 除了他,誰也沒來 (chú le tā, shéi yě méi lái) "apart from him, nobody came", or to include, as in 除了英語,他也會法語 (chú le Yīng yǔ, tā yě huì Fǎ yǔ) "in addition to English, he also knows French") 2. (used to introduce one of two habitual alternatives in the pattern 除了 (chú le) + A + 就是 (jiù shì) + B, "either A or B") (HSK 3)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
bēi — 1. low 2. base 3. vulgar 4. inferior 5. humble
suǒ — 1. fragmentary 2. trifling
平凡
píng fán — 1. commonplace 2. ordinary 3. mediocre (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
實際
shí jì — 1. reality 2. practice 3. practical 4. realistic 5. real 6. actual (HSK 2)
生活
shēng huó — 1. to live 2. life 3. livelihood (HSK 2)
之外
zhī wài — 1. outside 2. excluding (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
精神
jīng shén — 1. spirit 2. mind 3. consciousness 4. thought 5. mental 6. psychological 7. essence 8. gist 9. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
不少
bù shǎo — many; quite a few; a good number of (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
盛舉
shèng jǔ — 1. grand event 2. magnificent undertaking
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)

呼兰河除了这些卑琐平凡的实际生活之外,在精神上,也还有不少的盛举,如

the spirit dances (calling down the great spirit);

跳大神
tiào dà shén — (of a shaman) to dance and chant frenziedly in a trance, communicating with spirits or deities to expel evil, cure illness or pray for blessings

the singing of yangge;

chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
秧歌
yāng ge — Yangge, a popular rural folk dance (HSK 7-9)

the setting afloat of river lanterns;

fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)

放河灯;

open-air stage operas;

yě — 1. field 2. plain 3. open space 4. limit 5. boundary 6. rude 7. feral (HSK 6)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)

野台子戏;

……the great fair at the Temple of the Goddess on the eighteenth of the fourth month……

四月
Sì yuè — 1. April 2. fourth month (of the lunar year)
十八
shí bā — 1. eighteen 2. 18
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
大會
dà huì — 1. general assembly 2. general meeting 3. convention 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 屆 (jiè) (HSK 4)

四月十八娘娘庙大会……

Let me speak first of the great spirit.The great spirit could cure illness; she wore strange clothing, garments that ordinary people did not wear;red — it was a skirt, and the moment that skirt was wound about her waist, she herself became a different person.At first she did not beat the drum; the moment she tied on that red flowered skirt, she would begin to tremble.From head to foot, there was no part of her that did not tremble, and after trembling for a while, she would begin to shudder.She kept her eyes closed, muttering under her breath.With every shudder, she made as if she were about to fall.This gave everyone standing around a fright, but then she would steady herself and sit still again.

xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
治病
zhì bìng — to treat an illness (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
穿著
chuān zhuó — attire; clothes; dress (HSK 7-9)
奇怪
qí guài — 1. strange 2. odd 3. to marvel 4. to be baffled (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
平常
píng cháng — 1. ordinary 2. common 3. usually 4. ordinarily (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
裙子
qún zi — 1. skirt 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
裙子
qún zi — 1. skirt 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Wéi — surname Wei (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yāo — 1. the waist and lower back 2. (bound form) kidney of an animal (as food) 3. the waist of trousers or a skirt 4. (metonym) money pouch; pocket 5. (bound form) the middle section of an upright object (mountain, bottle etc) (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
變樣
biàn yàng — 1. to change (appearance) 2. to change shape
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
開初
kāi chū — 1. at the outset 2. at first 3. early
tā — she (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
打鼓
dǎ gǔ — 1. to beat a drum 2. to play a drum 3. (fig.) to feel nervous
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
圍起
wéi qǐ — 1. to surround 2. to encircle 3. to enclose 4. to fence in
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
紅花
hóng huā — safflower (Carthamus tinctorius)
裙子
qún zi — 1. skirt 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
哆嗦
duō suo — to tremble; to shiver (HSK 7-9)
從頭到腳
cóng tóu dào jiǎo — from head to foot
無處
wú chù — nowhere
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
哆嗦
duō suo — to tremble; to shiver (HSK 7-9)
哆嗦
duō suo — to tremble; to shiver (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一陣
yī zhèn — 1. a burst 2. a fit 3. a peal 4. a spell (period of time) (HSK 7-9)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
開始
kāi shǐ — 1. to begin 2. beginning 3. to start 4. initial 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
打顫
dǎ zhàn — 1. to shiver 2. to tremble
tā — she (HSK 1)
閉著
bì zhe — closed
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
嘴裡
zuǐ lǐ — 1. mouth 2. in the mouth 3. on one's lips 4. speech 5. words
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
jī — grumble
gū — (onom.) for the sound of a bird, an empty stomach etc
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
měi — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
一打
yī dá — dozen
chàn — 1. to tremble 2. to shiver 3. to shake 4. to vibrate 5. Taiwan pr. (zhàn)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
裝出
zhuāng chū — to assume (an air of)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
四邊
sì biān — four sides
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
hè — 1. to scare 2. to intimidate 3. to threaten 4. (interjection showing disapproval) tut-tut 5. (interjection showing astonishment) (HSK 5)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

先说大神。大神是会治病的,她穿著奇怪的衣裳,那衣裳平常的人不穿;红的,是一张裙子,那裙子一围在她的腰上,她的人就变样了。开初,她并不打鼓,只是一围起那红花裙子就哆嗦。从头到脚,无处不哆嗦,哆嗦了一阵之后,又开始打颤。她闭著眼睛,嘴里边叽咕的。每一打颤,就装出来要倒的样子。把四边的人都吓得一跳,可是她又坐住了。

The great spirit sat on a stool, and set before her was a spirit tablet, on which red paper was pasted and black characters were written.The older that tablet, the better — it showed that she had performed the spirit dance no small number of times in a year; the more she danced, the better, for then her reputation would be known far and wide.And her business would flourish.Before the tablet, incense was lit, and the smoke curled slowly upward.

大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
dèng — variant of 凳 (dèng)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
對面
duì miàn — 1. (sitting) opposite 2. across (the street) 3. directly in front 4. to be face to face (HSK 2)
bǎi — 1. to arrange 2. to exhibit 3. to move to and fro 4. a pendulum (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
牌位
pái wèi — memorial tablet
牌位
pái wèi — memorial tablet
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
tiē — 1. to stick 2. to paste 3. to post (e.g. on a blog) 4. to keep close to 5. to fit snugly 6. to subsidize 7. allowance (e.g. money for food or housing) 8. sticker 9. classifier for sticking plaster: strip (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
zhǐ — 1. paper (classifier: 張 (zhāng), 沓 (dá)) 2. classifier for documents, letters etc (HSK 2)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
牌位
pái wèi — memorial tablet
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
顯得
xiǎn de — 1. to seem 2. to look 3. to appear (HSK 3)
tā — she (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
之中
zhī zhōng — 1. inside 2. among 3. in the midst of (doing sth) 4. during (HSK 5)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
次數
cì shù — 1. number of times 2. frequency 3. order number (in a series) 4. power (math.) 5. degree of a polynomial (math.) (HSK 6)
不少
bù shǎo — many; quite a few; a good number of (HSK 2)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
信用
xìn yòng — 1. trustworthiness 2. (commerce) credit 3. (literary) to trust and appoint (HSK 6)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
遠近皆知
yuǎn jìn jiē zhī — known far and wide (idiom)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
生意
shēng yì — 1. life force 2. vitality (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
興隆
Xīng lóng — see 興隆縣 (Xīng lóng Xiàn)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
pái — 1. signboard; plaque; plate; tablet (classifier: 塊 (kuài)) 2. brand; trademark 3. mahjong tile; domino; playing card (classifier: 張 (zhāng)) 4. (bound form) fixed pattern for lyrics or set melody in classical poetry or music (used in 詞牌 (cí pái) and 曲牌 (qǔ pái)) (HSK 4)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
點著
diǎn zháo — to light (a candle, cigarette etc)
xiāng — 1. fragrant 2. sweet smelling 3. aromatic 4. savory or appetizing 5. (to eat) with relish 6. (of sleep) sound 7. perfume or spice 8. joss or incense stick 9. classifier: 根 (gēn) (HSK 3)
香煙
xiāng yān — 1. smoke from incense (burned as an offering to one's ancestors); (fig.) continuation of family line 2. cigarette (classifier: 支 (zhī), 條 (tiáo), 根 (gēn), 包 (bāo), 盒 (hé)) (HSK 7-9)
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xuán — 1. to revolve 2. a loop 3. a circle
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)

大神坐的是櫈子,她的对面摆著一块牌位,牌位上贴著红纸,写著黑字。那牌位越旧越好,好显得她一年之中跳神的次数不少,越跳多了就越好,她的信用就远近皆知。她的生意就会兴隆起来。那牌前,点著香,香烟慢慢的旋著。

More often than not, the god would descend upon the woman shaman when the incense was about half burned down.Once the god had descended, her bearing changed entirely — it was as though ten thousand horses and a thousand troops were under her command; her whole body was filled with power, and she rose up and danced wildly.

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
女大
nǚ dà — (slang) female university student; female college student
Shén — God (HSK 5)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xiāng — 1. fragrant 2. sweet smelling 3. aromatic 4. savory or appetizing 5. (to eat) with relish 6. (of sleep) sound 7. perfume or spice 8. joss or incense stick 9. classifier: 根 (gēn) (HSK 3)
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一半
yī bàn — half (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
下來
xià lai — 1. to come down 2. (completed action marker) 3. (after verb of motion, indicates motion down and towards us, also fig.) 4. (indicates continuation from the past towards us) 5. to be harvested (of crops) 6. to be over (of a period of time) 7. to go among the masses (said of leaders) (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
一下
yī xià — 1. (after a verb) a bit; a little (indicating brief duration, or softening the tone, or suggesting giving sth a try) 2. all at once; suddenly
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
可就
kě jiù — certainly
威風
wēi fēng — 1. awe-inspiring bearing; authority; power 2. imposing; impressive; majestic (HSK 7-9)
不同
bù tóng — 1. different 2. distinct 3. not the same 4. not alike (HSK 2)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
Wàn — surname Wan (HSK 2)
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
qiān — thousand (HSK 2)
jūn — 1. (bound form) army 2. military
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
領導
lǐng dǎo — 1. lead 2. leading 3. to lead 4. leadership 5. leader 6. classifier: 位 (wèi), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
tā — she (HSK 1)
全身
quán shēn — 1. the whole body 2. (typography) em (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
jìn — 1. strength 2. energy 3. enthusiasm 4. spirit 5. mood 6. expression 7. interest 8. classifier: 把 (bǎ) 9. Taiwan pr. (jìng)
tā — she (HSK 1)
站起來
zhàn qǐ lai — to stand up
亂跳
luàn tiào — 1. to jump about 2. (of the heart) to beat wildly

那女大神多半在香点了一半的时候神就下来了。那神一下来,可就威风不同,好像有万马千军让她领导似的,她全身是劲,她站起来乱跳。

Beside the great spirit there was also a "second spirit," and whoever played the second spirit was always a man.He was not at all in a daze — he remained perfectly clear-headed as always — and he quickly placed a round drum into the great spirit's hands.Taking the drum, the great spirit rose and danced wildly, first recounting how the spirit possessing her had come down from the mountain — whether riding upon the clouds, following the wind, or driving through the mist — telling it in a most heroic and grand manner.The second spirit stood to one side, and whatever the great spirit asked him, he answered.A good second spirit answered fluently without hesitation; a poor one, if he were careless for even a moment and said a word that clashed with the great spirit, would set her off into a fit.When the great spirit flew into such a fit, she had no other recourse but to beat the drum and rail on wildly, declaring that the sick person would surely die before the night was out, and that after death the wandering soul would not disperse, and calamity would come upon the family, relatives, and the whole village.This would so frighten the family who had summoned the spirit that they would hurry to burn incense and pour out wine; and if that still did not work, they would have to rush to offer up red cloth, hanging the red cloth upon the tablet; and if that still did not work, they would have to kill a chicken — and once matters had reached the stage of killing a chicken, the fit could usually go no further.For to carry on any further would leave nothing more to be gained.

大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
旁邊
páng biān — side; adjacent place (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
昏亂
hūn luàn — 1. dazed 2. confused 3. fuddled
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
清晰
qīng xī — clear; distinct (HSK 7-9)
如常
rú cháng — as usual
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
趕快
gǎn kuài — quickly; at once (HSK 3)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
yuán — 1. circle 2. round 3. circular 4. spherical 5. (of the moon) full 6. unit of Chinese currency (yuan) 7. tactful 8. to make consistent and whole (the narrative of a dream or a lie) (HSK 4)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
jiāo — 1. to hand over; to deliver; to pay (money); to turn over 2. to make friends 3. (of lines) to intersect 4. variant of 跤 (jiāo) (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
手裡
shǒu lǐ — 1. in hand 2. (a situation is) in sb's hands (HSK 4)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
站起來
zhàn qǐ lai — to stand up
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
亂跳
luàn tiào — 1. to jump about 2. (of the heart) to beat wildly
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
訴說
sù shuō — 1. to recount 2. to tell of 3. to relate 4. (fig.) (of a thing) to stand as testament to (some past history) (HSK 7-9)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
fù — 1. to add; to attach 2. to be close to; to be attached (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
身上
shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
神靈
shén líng — 1. god 2. spirit 3. demon 4. occult or supernatural entities in general
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
下山
xià shān — 1. to go down a hill 2. (of the sun or moon) to set (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
經歷
jīng lì — 1. to experience; to go through 2. experience (classifier: 段 (duàn), 次 (cì)) (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Chéng — surname Cheng (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
隨著
suí zhe — 1. along with 2. in the wake of 3. following (HSK 5)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Jià — surname Jia (HSK 7-9)
wù — 1. fog 2. mist 3. classifier: 場 (cháng), 陣 (zhèn) (HSK 7-9)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
雄壯
xióng zhuàng — 1. majestic 2. awesome 3. full of power and grandeur
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
一邊
yī biān — 1. one side 2. either side 3. on the one hand 4. on the other hand 5. doing while (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
回答
huí dá — 1. to reply; to answer 2. reply; answer (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
對答如流
duì dá rú liú — able to reply quickly and fluently (idiom); having a ready answer
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
huài — 1. bad 2. spoiled 3. broken 4. to break down 5. (suffix) to the utmost (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
不加
bù jiā — 1. without 2. not 3. un-
小心
xiǎo xīn — 1. to be careful 2. to take care (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
chōng — 1. thoroughfare 2. to go straight ahead 3. to rush 4. to clash (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一字
yī zì — in a row; in a line
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
辦法
bàn fǎ — 1. way of handling sth; means; measure; (practical) solution to a problem 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
luàn — 1. in confusion or disorder 2. in a confused state of mind 3. disorder 4. upheaval 5. riot 6. illicit sexual relations 7. to throw into disorder 8. to mix up 9. indiscriminate 10. random 11. arbitrary (HSK 3)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
一陣
yī zhèn — 1. a burst 2. a fit 3. a peal 4. a spell (period of time) (HSK 7-9)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
病人
bìng rén — 1. sick person 2. patient 3. invalid 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
今夜
jīn yè — 1. tonight 2. this evening
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
必得
bì děi — 1. must 2. have to
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
yóu — 1. to walk 2. to tour 3. to roam 4. to travel (HSK 3)
hún — soul; spirit; immortal soul (that can be detached from the body) (HSK 7-9)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
sǎn — 1. scattered 2. loose 3. to come loose 4. to fall apart 5. leisurely 6. powdered medicine (HSK 4)
家族
jiā zú — 1. family 2. clan (HSK 7-9)
親戚
qīn qi — 1. a relative (i.e. family relation) 2. classifier: 門 (mén), 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 7-9)
鄉里
xiāng lǐ — one's home town or village
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. to recruit 2. to provoke 3. to beckon 4. to incur 5. to infect 6. contagious 7. a move (chess) 8. a maneuver 9. device 10. trick 11. to confess (HSK 6)
zāi — disaster; calamity (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hè — 1. to scare 2. to intimidate 3. to threaten 4. (interjection showing disapproval) tut-tut 5. (interjection showing astonishment) (HSK 5)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
qǐng — 1. to ask 2. to invite 3. please (do sth) 4. to treat (to a meal etc) 5. to request (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
趕快
gǎn kuài — quickly; at once (HSK 3)
燒香
shāo xiāng — to burn incense
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
燒香
shāo xiāng — to burn incense
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
再不
zài bù — or else; alternatively
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
guà — 1. to hang; to suspend (from a hook etc) 2. to hang up (the phone) 3. (of a line) to be dead 4. to be worried; to be concerned 5. (dialect) to make a phone call 6. to register (at a hospital); to make an appointment (with a doctor) 7. (slang) to kill; to die; to be finished; to fail (an exam) 8. classifier for sets or clusters of objects (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
牌位
pái wèi — memorial tablet
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
再不
zài bù — or else; alternatively
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
階段
jiē duàn — 1. stage 2. section 3. phase 4. period 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
想頭
xiǎng tou — 1. (coll.) idea 2. hope
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

大神的旁边,还有一个二神,当二神的都是男人。他并不昏乱,他是清晰如常的,他赶快把一张圆鼓交到大神的手里。大神拿了这鼓,站起来就乱跳,先诉说那附在她身上的神灵的下山的经历,是乘著云,是随著风,或者是驾雾而来,说得非常之雄壮。二神站在一边,大神问他什么,他回答什么。好的二神是对答如流的,坏的二神,一不加小心说冲著了大神的一字,大神就要闹起来的。大神一闹起来的时候,她也没有别的办法,只是打著鼓,乱骂一阵,说这病人,不出今夜就必得死的,死了之后,还会游魂不散,家族、亲戚、乡里都要招灾的。这时吓得那请神的人家赶快烧香点酒,烧香点酒之后,若再不行,就得赶送上红布来,把红布挂在牌位上,若再不行,就得杀鸡,若闹到了杀鸡这个阶段,就多半不能再闹了。因为再闹就没有什么想头了。

This chicken and this cloth belonged, without exception, to the great spirit; once the spirit dance was over, she would take the chicken home and cook it for herself to eat.As for the red cloth, she would dye it with indigo and have it made into trousers to wear.

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
一律
yī lǜ — 1. same; identical 2. uniformly; all; without exception (HSK 4)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
Guī — surname Gui (HSK 4)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
所有
suǒ yǒu — 1. all 2. to have; to possess; to own (HSK 2)
跳過
tiào guò — 1. to jump over 2. to skip (a step, chapter etc)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
tā — she (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
回家
huí jiā — to return home (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
zhǔ — 1. to cook 2. to boil (HSK 6)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
藍靛
lán diàn — indigo
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
褲子
kù zi — 1. trousers; pants 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 3)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

这鸡、这布,一律都归大神所有,跳过了神之后,她把鸡拿回家去自己煮上吃了。把红布用蓝靛染了之后,做起裤子穿了。

Some great spirits, from the very start, would by every means make it difficult for the god to descend.The family who had summoned the spirit would then have to hurry and kill a chicken at once; if they were slow to kill it, then partway through the dance she would start cursing — and since any family that summoned a spirit did so in order to cure illness, to be cursed by the great spirit was considered exceedingly ill-omened.And so people held the great spirit in the greatest respect, and feared her greatly as well.

有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
上手
shàng shǒu — 1. to obtain 2. to master 3. overhand (serve etc) 4. seat of honor
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
百般
bǎi bān — 1. in hundred and one ways 2. in every possible way 3. by every means
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
下不來
xià bù lái — 1. awkward 2. embarrassed 3. cannot be accomplished
Shén — God (HSK 5)
qǐng — 1. to ask 2. to invite 3. please (do sth) 4. to treat (to a meal etc) 5. to request (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
趕快
gǎn kuài — quickly; at once (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
màn — slow (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
等一會
děng yī huì — 1. Wait a moment! 2. after a while
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
bàn — 1. half 2. semi- 3. incomplete 4. (after a number) and a half (HSK 1)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
qǐng — 1. to ask 2. to invite 3. please (do sth) 4. to treat (to a meal etc) 5. to request (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
為了
wèi le — for; for the purpose of; in order to (HSK 3)
治病
zhì bìng — to treat an illness (HSK 6)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
是非
shì fēi — 1. right and wrong 2. quarrel (HSK 7-9)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
不吉利
bù jí lì — ominous
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
是非
shì fēi — 1. right and wrong 2. quarrel (HSK 7-9)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
尊敬
zūn jìng — 1. to respect; to revere; to esteem 2. honorable; distinguished (used on formal occasions before a term of address) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)

有的大神,一上手就百般的下不来神。请神的人家就得赶快的杀鸡来,若一杀慢了,等一会跳到半道就要骂的,谁家请神都是为了治病,让大神骂,是非常不吉利的。所以对大神是非常尊敬的,又非常怕。

The spirit dance was for the most part begun after nightfall; the moment the drumming started, men and women, old and young, would all come running to the house where the spirit was being danced, and if it were summer, both inside and outside the house would be packed with people.There were even women who, dragging children by the hand or carrying them in their arms, crying out to heaven and earth, would clamber over the tops of walls just to come and watch the spirit dance.

跳大神
tiào dà shén — (of a shaman) to dance and chant frenziedly in a trance, communicating with spirits or deities to expel evil, cure illness or pray for blessings
大半
dà bàn — 1. more than half 2. greater part 3. most 4. probably 5. most likely
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
天黑
tiān hēi — 1. to get dark 2. dusk
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
只要
zhǐ yào — so long as; provided; if (HSK 2)
一打
yī dá — dozen
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
男女老幼
nán nǚ lǎo yòu — 1. men, women, young and old 2. everybody
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
若是
ruò shì — if
夏天
xià tiān — 1. summer 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
wū — 1. (bound form) house 2. (bound form) room (HSK 5)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
屋外
wū wài — outdoors; outside
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
擠滿
jǐ mǎn — 1. crowded to bursting point 2. filled to overflowing 3. jam-packed
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
lā — 1. to pull 2. to play (a bowed instrument) 3. to drag 4. to draw 5. to chat 6. (coll.) to empty one's bowels (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
bào — 1. to hold 2. to carry (in one's arms) 3. to hug 4. to embrace 5. to surround 6. to cherish 7. (coll.) (of clothes) to fit nicely (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
qiáng — 1. wall (classifier: 面 (miàn), 堵 (dǔ)) 2. (slang) to block (a website) (usu. in the passive: 被牆 (bèi qiáng)) (HSK 2)
頭上
tóu shàng — 1. overhead 2. above
跳過
tiào guò — 1. to jump over 2. to skip (a step, chapter etc)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
跳過
tiào guò — 1. to jump over 2. to skip (a step, chapter etc)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

跳大神,大半是天黑跳起,只要一打起鼓来,就男女老幼,都往这跳神的人家跑,若是夏天,就屋里屋外都挤满了人。还有些女人,拉著孩子,抱著孩子,哭天叫地的从墙头上跳过来,跳过来看跳神的。

By midnight, when it came time to send the god back to the mountain, the drum would be beaten with especial loudness, and the great spirit's singing, too, would be especially fine to hear;the neighbors round about, ten or twenty households, could all hear it, and it stirred in those who listened a mood of desolate sorrow; the second spirit sang out:

tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
半夜
bàn yè — 1. midnight 2. in the middle of the night (HSK 2)
時分
shí fēn — 1. time 2. period during the day 3. one of the 12 two-hour periods enumerated by the earthly branches 地支
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
Guī — surname Gui (HSK 4)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
那時候
nà shí hou — at that time (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
得分
dé fēn — 1. to score a point (in a competition, test etc) 2. score; rating; grade (HSK 3)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
得分
dé fēn — 1. to score a point (in a competition, test etc) 2. score; rating; grade (HSK 3)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
好聽
hǎo tīng — pleasant to hear (HSK 1)
鄰居
lín jū — neighbor (HSK 5)
左右
zuǒ yòu — 1. left and right 2. nearby 3. approximately 4. attendant 5. to control 6. to influence (HSK 3)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
二十
èr shí — twenty; 20
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
得到
dé dào — to get; to obtain; to receive (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
悲涼
bēi liáng — 1. sorrowful 2. dismal
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
情緒
qíng xù — 1. mood 2. state of mind 3. moodiness 4. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) (HSK 6)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
嘴裡
zuǐ lǐ — 1. mouth 2. in the mouth 3. on one's lips 4. speech 5. words
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)

跳到半夜时分,要送神归山了,那时候,那鼓打得分外的响,大神也唱得分外的好听;邻居左右,十家二十家的人家都听得到,使人听了起著一种悲凉的情绪,二神嘴里唱:

。」"The great immortal is returning to the mountain — go slowly, walk slowly."

大仙
dà xiān — great immortal
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)

The great spirit said:

大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

大神说:

……"My second immortal, Green Dragon Mountain, White Tiger Mountain…………」traveling three thousand li by night, riding upon the wind is no great difficulty……"

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
xiān — immortal
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
青龍
Qīng lóng — 1. Azure Dragon, one of the Four Symbols of the Chinese constellations, representing the east and the spring season 2. see 青龍滿族自治縣 (Qīng lóng Mǎn zú Zì zhì xiàn)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
白虎
Bái hǔ — 1. White Tiger (the seven mansions of the west sky) 2. (slang) hairless female genitalia
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
夜行
yè xíng — 1. night walk 2. night departure 3. nocturnal
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
千里
qiān lǐ — 1. a thousand miles 2. a thousand li (i.e. 500 kilometers) 3. a long distance
Chéng — surname Cheng (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. child 2. son
不算
bù suàn — 1. to not calculate 2. to not count 3. to not be considered (as) 4. to have no weight (HSK 7-9)
nán — 1. difficult (to...) 2. problem 3. difficulty 4. difficult 5. not good (HSK 1)

「我的二仙家,青龙山,白虎山……夜行三千里,乘著风儿不算难……」

This chanted melody, mingled with the sound of the drum, carried from tens of zhang away, was truly cold and eerie, and the longer one listened, the more desolate it seemed.There were those who, having heard this drumming, would often lie awake the whole night through unable to sleep.

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cí — 1. word 2. statement; speech; lyrics 3. a form of lyric poetry, flourishing in the Song dynasty 宋朝 (Sòng cháo) (classifier: 首 (shǒu)) (HSK 2)
調
diào — 1. to transfer 2. to move (troops or cadres) 3. to investigate 4. to enquire into 5. accent 6. view 7. argument 8. key (in music) 9. mode (music) 10. tune 11. tone 12. melody (HSK 3)
混合
hùn hé — 1. to mix; to blend 2. hybrid; composite (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
鼓聲
gǔ shēng — 1. sound of a drum 2. drumbeat
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
zhàng — 1. measure of length, ten Chinese feet (3.3 m) 2. to measure 3. husband 4. polite appellation for an older male
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
地方
dì fāng — 1. region 2. regional (away from the central administration) 3. local (HSK 1)
傳來
chuán lái — 1. (of a sound) to come through 2. to be heard 3. (of news) to arrive (HSK 3)
實在
shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
冷森森
lěng sēn sēn — 1. chilling cold 2. cold and threatening
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
悲涼
bēi liáng — 1. sorrowful 2. dismal
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
這種
zhè zhǒng — this kind of
鼓聲
gǔ shēng — 1. sound of a drum 2. drumbeat
往往
wǎng wǎng — 1. usually 2. in many cases 3. more often than not (HSK 3)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
yè — night (HSK 2)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
mián — 1. to sleep 2. to hibernate
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

这唱著的词调,混合著鼓声,从几十丈远的地方传来,实在是冷森森的,越听就越悲凉。听了这种鼓声,往往终夜而不能眠的人也有。

The family who had summoned the spirit did so in order to cure illness — but who could say whether the sick person in that household had gotten better or not?Yet it often happened that the neighbors along the street were moved to sighs and sorrow, unable to still their feelings the whole night through.

qǐng — 1. to ask 2. to invite 3. please (do sth) 4. to treat (to a meal etc) 5. to request (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
為了
wèi le — for; for the purpose of; in order to (HSK 3)
治病
zhì bìng — to treat an illness (HSK 6)
可不
kě bu — see 可不是 (kě bu shì)
zhī — 1. to know 2. to be aware
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
病人
bìng rén — 1. sick person 2. patient 3. invalid 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
鄰居
lín jū — neighbor (HSK 5)
街坊
jiē fāng — 1. neighborhood 2. neighbor
感慨
gǎn kǎi — 1. to sigh with sorrow, regret etc 2. rueful 3. deeply moved (HSK 7-9)
Xīng — surname Xing
tàn — variant of 嘆 (tàn)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
yè — night (HSK 2)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
常常
cháng cháng — frequently; often (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

请神的人家为了治病,可不知那家的病人好了没有?却使邻居街坊感慨兴叹,终夜而不能已的也常常有。

The sky full of starlight, the room full of moonlight — what, after all, is human life, that it should be so desolate?

滿天星
mǎn tiān xīng — 1. Baby's Breath 2. Gypsophila paniculata
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
wū — 1. (bound form) house 2. (bound form) room (HSK 5)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
人生
rén shēng — life (one's time on earth) (HSK 3)
何如
hé rú — 1. how about 2. what kind of
為什麼
wèi shén me — 1. why? 2. for what reason? (HSK 2)
這麼
zhè me — 1. so much 2. this much 3. how much? 4. this way 5. like this (HSK 2)
悲涼
bēi liáng — 1. sorrowful 2. dismal

满天星光,满屋月亮,人生何如,为什么这么悲凉。

After ten days or half a month had passed, again there would come the clanging of the spirit-dance drum.And so people would once more be thrown into a flurry, some climbing over walls, some going straight up to the door, to see what powers this household's great spirit would display, and what clothes she would be wearing.To listen to what tune she sang, and to see whether her clothing was fine or not.

Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
半月
bàn yuè — 1. half-moon 2. fortnight
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
噹噹
dāng dāng — (onom.) ding dong
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. to recruit 2. to provoke 3. to beckon 4. to incur 5. to infect 6. contagious 7. a move (chess) 8. a maneuver 9. device 10. trick 11. to confess (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
huāng — 1. to get panicky; to lose one's head 2. (coll.) (after 得 (dé)) unbearably; terribly (HSK 5)
爬牆
pá qiáng — 1. to climb a wall 2. (fig.) to be unfaithful
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
爬牆
pá qiáng — 1. to climb a wall 2. (fig.) to be unfaithful
登門
dēng mén — to visit sb at home
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
登門
dēng mén — to visit sb at home
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大神
dà shén — 1. deity 2. (Internet slang) guru 3. expert 4. whiz
xiǎn — 1. to make visible 2. to reveal 3. prominent 4. conspicuous 5. (prefix) phanero- (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
本領
běn lǐng — 1. skill 2. ability 3. capability 4. classifier: 項 (xiàng), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
腔調
qiāng diào — 1. a tune 2. a melody 3. accent (distinctive way of pronouncing a language) 4. tone (manner of expression) 5. elegance 6. refinement
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
漂亮
piào liang — pretty; beautiful (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
漂亮
piào liang — pretty; beautiful (HSK 2)

过了十天半月的,又是跳神的鼓,当当的响。于是人们又都招了慌,爬墙的爬墙,登门的登门,看看这一家的大神,显的是什么本领,穿的是什么衣裳。听听她唱的是什么腔调,看看她的衣裳漂亮不漂亮。

When the dance reached the stillness of night, once again it was time to send the god back to the mountain.The drum for sending the god back to the mountain — every single one of them was beaten beautifully.

tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
yè — night (HSK 2)
jìng — 1. still 2. calm 3. quiet 4. not moving (HSK 3)
時分
shí fēn — 1. time 2. period during the day 3. one of the 12 two-hour periods enumerated by the earthly branches 地支
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
個個
gè gè — each one individually; each and every
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
漂亮
piào liang — pretty; beautiful (HSK 2)

跳到了夜静时分,又是送神回山。送神回山的鼓,个个都打得漂亮。

If it happened to be a rainy night, it was especially forlorn — a widow might be moved to tears, and a widower would rise and pace about in restless despair.

rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
趕上
gǎn shàng — 1. to keep up with 2. to catch up with 3. to overtake 4. to chance upon 5. in time for (HSK 6)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
下雨
xià yǔ — to rain (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yè — night (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
特別
tè bié — 1. unusual; special 2. very; especially; particularly 3. expressly; for a specific purpose 4. (often followed by 是 (shì)) in particular (HSK 2)
淒涼
qī liáng — desolate (place) (HSK 7-9)
寡婦
guǎ fu — widow (HSK 7-9)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
落淚
luò lèi — 1. to shed tears 2. to weep
鰥夫
guān fū — old wifeless man; bachelor; widower
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
彷徨
páng huáng — to pace back and forth, not knowing which way to turn; to hesitate; to waver

若赶上一个下雨的夜,就特别凄凉,寡妇可以落泪,鳏夫就要起来彷徨。

That drumbeat seemed as though it deliberately sought out such unfortunate souls, beaten now fast, now slow, like a person lost on a road at night pouring out his bewilderment, or like an unfortunate old man recalling the brief, happy years of his childhood.Or again like a loving mother seeing her son off on a long journey.Or again like a parting in life as hard to bear as death itself, a grief beyond all enduring.

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
鼓聲
gǔ shēng — 1. sound of a drum 2. drumbeat
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
故意
gù yì — deliberately; on purpose (HSK 2)
招惹
zhāo rě — 1. to court (trouble); to attract (attention) 2. to provoke (sb)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
bān — 1. sort 2. kind 3. class 4. way 5. manner
不幸
bù xìng — 1. misfortune 2. adversity 3. unfortunate 4. sad 5. unfortunately 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
jí — 1. urgent 2. pressing 3. rapid 4. hurried 5. worried 6. to make (sb) anxious (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
màn — slow (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
迷路
mí lù — 1. to lose the way 2. lost 3. labyrinth 4. labyrinthus vestibularis (of the inner ear) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
夜裡
yè li — 1. during the night 2. at night 3. nighttime (HSK 2)
訴說
sù shuō — 1. to recount 2. to tell of 3. to relate 4. (fig.) (of a thing) to stand as testament to (some past history) (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
迷惘
mí wǎng — 1. perplexed 2. at a loss
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
不幸
bù xìng — 1. misfortune 2. adversity 3. unfortunate 4. sad 5. unfortunately 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
老人
lǎo rén — 1. old man or woman 2. the elderly 3. one's aged parents or grandparents (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
回想
huí xiǎng — 1. to recall 2. to recollect 3. to think back (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
幸福
xìng fú — 1. happiness 2. happy 3. blessed (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
duǎn — 1. short 2. brief 3. to lack 4. weak point 5. fault (HSK 2)
duǎn — 1. short 2. brief 3. to lack 4. weak point 5. fault (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
幼年
yòu nián — 1. childhood 2. infancy
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
慈愛
cí ài — 1. love 2. devotion (to children) 3. affection, esp. towards children
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
兒子
ér zi — son (HSK 1)
遠行
yuǎn xíng — to travel far away from home
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
生離死別
shēng lí sǐ bié — 1. separated in life and death 2. to part for ever
萬分
wàn fēn — 1. very much 2. extremely 3. one ten thousandth part (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
nán — 1. difficult (to...) 2. problem 3. difficulty 4. difficult 5. not good (HSK 1)
shě — 1. to give up; to abandon 2. to give alms

那鼓声就好像故意招惹那般不幸的人,打得有急有慢,好像一个迷路的人在夜里诉说著他的迷惘,又好像不幸的老人在回想著他幸福的短短的幼年。又好像慈爱的母亲送著她的儿子远行。又好像是生离死别,万分的难舍。

For what purpose is human life, that it should hold such desolate nights?

人生
rén shēng — life (one's time on earth) (HSK 3)
為了
wèi le — for; for the purpose of; in order to (HSK 3)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
淒涼
qī liáng — desolate (place) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yè — night (HSK 2)

人生为了什么,才有这样凄凉的夜。

It would seem that the next time the drum sounded, one would rather not even listen to it at all.But in fact it was not so — the moment the drum sounded, once again people climbed the walls who were going to climb the walls, and cocked their ears to listen who were going to listen, more eager even than Westerners going to a concert.

似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
下回
xià huí — 1. next chapter 2. next time
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
打鼓
dǎ gǔ — 1. to beat a drum 2. to play a drum 3. (fig.) to feel nervous
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不要
bù yào — don't!; must not (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
其實
qí shí — actually; in fact; really (HSK 3)
不然
bù rán — 1. not so 2. no 3. or else 4. otherwise 5. if not 6. How about ...? (HSK 4)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
qiáng — 1. wall (classifier: 面 (miàn), 堵 (dǔ)) 2. (slang) to block (a website) (usu. in the passive: 被牆 (bèi qiáng)) (HSK 2)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
qiáng — 1. wall (classifier: 面 (miàn), 堵 (dǔ)) 2. (slang) to block (a website) (usu. in the passive: 被牆 (bèi qiáng)) (HSK 2)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
cè — 1. the side 2. to incline towards 3. to lean 4. inclined 5. lateral 6. side (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cè — 1. the side 2. to incline towards 3. to lean 4. inclined 5. lateral 6. side (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
西洋人
xī yáng rén — Westerner
fù — 1. to go 2. to visit (e.g. another country) 3. to attend (a banquet etc) (HSK 7-9)
音樂會
yīn yuè huì — 1. concert 2. classifier: 場 (chǎng) (HSK 2)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
熱心
rè xīn — enthusiastic; ardent; zealous (HSK 4)

似乎下回再有打鼓的连听也不要听了。其实不然,鼓一响就又是上墙头的上墙头,侧著耳朵听的侧著耳朵在听,比西洋人赴音乐会更热心。

On the fifteenth of the seventh month, the Ullambana Festival, river lanterns were set afloat upon the Hulan River.

七月
Qī yuè — 1. July 2. seventh month (of the lunar year)
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
yú — 1. basin 2. wide-mouthed jar or pot
Lán — 1. surname Lan 2. abbr. for Lanzhou 蘭州 (Lán zhōu), Gansu
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
呼蘭
Hū lán — see 呼蘭區 (Hū lán Qū)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

七月十五盂兰会,呼兰河上放河灯了。

Among the river lanterns were cabbage lanterns, watermelon lanterns, and lotus-flower lanterns as well.

hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
白菜
bái cài — 1. Chinese cabbage, esp. napa cabbage (Brassica rapa subsp. pekinensis) 2. sometimes used to refer to bok choy (Brassica rapa subsp. chinensis) 3. classifier: 棵 (kē) (HSK 3)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
西瓜
xī guā — 1. watermelon 2. classifier: 顆 (kē) (HSK 4)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
蓮花
lián huā — 1. lotus flower (Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn, among others) 2. water-lily
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)

河灯有白菜灯、西瓜灯、还有莲花灯。

Buddhist monks and Daoist priests played the sheng, the guan, the flute, and the xiao, wearing robes of gold-worked bright red satin.Along the riverbank they set up their ground and performed their rites.The sound of those instruments could be heard from two li away from the riverbank.

和尚
hé shang — Buddhist monk (HSK 7-9)
道士
dào shì — Daoist priest
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
shēng — sheng, a free reed wind instrument with vertical bamboo pipes
Guǎn — surname Guan (HSK 3)
dí — flute
xiāo — xiao, a vertical bamboo flute
穿著
chuān zhuó — attire; clothes; dress (HSK 7-9)
pīn — 1. to piece together; to put together 2. to pool (resources etc); to share 3. to risk all; to go all out 4. to spell (words) (HSK 5)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
大紅
dà hóng — crimson
緞子
duàn zi — satin
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
biǎn — 1. narrow 2. urgent
shān — 1. garment 2. jacket with open slits in place of sleeves
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
場子
chǎng zi — 1. (coll.) gathering place 2. public venue
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
道場
dào chǎng — 1. Taoist or Buddhist rite 2. abbr. for 菩提道場 (Pú tí dào chǎng)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
樂器
yuè qì — 1. musical instrument 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
離開
lí kāi — to depart; to leave (HSK 2)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
聽到
tīng dào — to hear (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

和尚、道士吹著笙、管、笛、箫,穿著拼金大红缎子的褊衫。在河沿上打起场子来在做道场。那乐器的声音离开河沿二里路就听到了。

As soon as dusk came, before the sky had even fully darkened, those hurrying to see the river lanterns already formed an endless stream.In every small street and great lane, even those who never left their homes the whole year round would follow the crowd, hurrying to the riverbank.Those who reached the riverbank first squatted down there and waited.),The whole riverbank was packed with people squatting there, yet still the crowds kept pouring out from every street and lane; the blind and the lame alike came to see the river lanterns (this is a mistake — the blind alone did not come to see the river lanterns), and they ran the streets until the dust rose like smoke.

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
黃昏
huáng hūn — 1. dusk 2. evening 3. nightfall (HSK 7-9)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
完全
wán quán — 1. complete; whole 2. totally; entirely (HSK 2)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
下來
xià lai — 1. to come down 2. (completed action marker) 3. (after verb of motion, indicates motion down and towards us, also fig.) 4. (indicates continuation from the past towards us) 5. to be harvested (of crops) 6. to be over (of a period of time) 7. to go among the masses (said of leaders) (HSK 3)
bēn — 1. to hurry 2. to rush 3. to run quickly 4. to elope (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
絡繹不絕
luò yì bù jué — (idiom) continuously; in an endless stream (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. street 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. lane 2. alley
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
終年
zhōng nián — 1. entire year 2. throughout the year 3. age at death
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
出門
chū mén — 1. to go out 2. to leave home 3. to go on a journey 4. away from home 5. (of a woman) to get married (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
隨著
suí zhe — 1. along with 2. in the wake of 3. following (HSK 5)
人群
rén qún — crowd (HSK 3)
bēn — 1. to hurry 2. to rush 3. to run quickly 4. to elope (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
cún — (dialect) to sprain one's foot or leg due to a sudden impact or landing (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
沿著
yán zhe — 1. to go along 2. to follow (HSK 6)
河岸
hé àn — 1. riverside 2. river bank
cún — (dialect) to sprain one's foot or leg due to a sudden impact or landing (HSK 6)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
大街小巷
dà jiē xiǎo xiàng — great streets and small alleys (idiom); everywhere in the city (HSK 7-9)
往外
wǎng wài — 1. out 2. outbound 3. departing
出發
chū fā — 1. to set off 2. to start (on a journey) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
réng — 1. still; yet 2. to remain 3. (literary) frequently; often (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不絕
bù jué — 1. unending 2. uninterrupted
瞎子
xiā zi — blind person
瘸子
qué zi — lame person (colloquial)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
這裡
zhè lǐ — here (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
Cuò — surname Cuo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
唯獨
wéi dú — 1. only 2. just (i.e. it is only that...) 3. all except 4. unique (HSK 7-9)
瞎子
xiā zi — blind person
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
街道
jiē dào — 1. street 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 3. subdistrict 4. residential district (HSK 4)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
Mào — surname Mao (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yān — 1. cigarette or pipe tobacco 2. classifier: 根 (gēn) 3. smoke 4. mist 5. vapour 6. classifier: 縷 (lǚ) 7. tobacco plant 8. (of the eyes) to be irritated by smoke (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

一到了黄昏,天还没有完全黑下来,奔著去看河灯的人就络绎不绝了。小街大巷,那怕终年不出门的人,也要随著人群奔到河沿去。先到了河沿的就蹲在那里。沿著河岸蹲满了人,可是从大街小巷往外出发的人仍是不绝,瞎子、瘸子都来看河灯(这里说错了,唯独瞎子是不来看河灯的),把街道跑得冒了烟了。

Young girls and young wives, in groups of three or twos, the moment they stepped out their gates, needed no asking as to where they were headed.They were all going to see the river lanterns.

姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
媳婦
xí fù — 1. daughter-in-law 2. wife of a younger brother or relative of the younger generation (HSK 7-9)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
qún — 1. group 2. crowd 3. flock, herd, pack etc (HSK 3)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
huǒ — 1. companion 2. partner 3. group 4. classifier for groups of people 5. to combine 6. together (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
大門
Dà mén — the Doors, US rock band (HSK 2)
不用
bù yòng — need not (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

姑娘、媳妇,三个一群,两个一伙,一出了大门,不用问,到那里去。就都是看河灯去。

In the dusk of that seventh-month evening, the burning sunset clouds had just faded away, and the streets glowed with a faint white light; amid the chattering and buzzing, all the stillness of ordinary days was swept away, and every street sprang to life, as though a great fire had broken out in the town and everyone were rushing to put it out.Everyone was in a great hurry, pattering forward at a run.

黃昏
huáng hūn — 1. dusk 2. evening 3. nightfall (HSK 7-9)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
七月
Qī yuè — 1. July 2. seventh month (of the lunar year)
火燒雲
huǒ shāo yún — 1. nuée ardente 2. hot cloud of volcanic ash
剛剛
gāng gang — 1. just recently 2. just a moment ago (HSK 2)
落下
luò xià — 1. to fall 2. to drop 3. to land (of projectile) (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
街道
jiē dào — 1. street 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 3. subdistrict 4. residential district (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
顯微
xiǎn wēi — 1. micro- 2. microscopic 3. to make the minute visible
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
嘁嘁喳喳
qī qi chā chā — chattering
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
往日
wǎng rì — former days; the past (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
寂靜
jì jìng — quiet (HSK 7-9)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
chōng — 1. (of water) to dash against 2. to mix with water 3. to infuse 4. to rinse 5. to flush 6. to develop (a film) 7. to rise in the air 8. to clash 9. to collide with (HSK 4)
sǎn — 1. scattered 2. loose 3. to come loose 4. to fall apart 5. leisurely 6. powdered medicine (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
個個
gè gè — each one individually; each and every
街道
jiē dào — 1. street 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 3. subdistrict 4. residential district (HSK 4)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
huó — 1. to live 2. alive 3. living 4. work 5. workmanship (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
發生
fā shēng — to happen; to occur; to take place; to break out (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
大火
dà huǒ — 1. conflagration; large fire 2. classifier: 場 (cháng)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
救火
jiù huǒ — 1. to put out a fire 2. firefighting
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
máng — 1. busy 2. hurriedly 3. to hurry 4. to rush (HSK 1)
pǎi — used in 迫擊炮 (pǎi jī pào)
tī — 1. to kick 2. to play (e.g. soccer) 3. (slang) butch (in a lesbian relationship) (HSK 6)
tī — 1. to kick 2. to play (e.g. soccer) 3. (slang) butch (in a lesbian relationship) (HSK 6)
tā — see 踏實 (tā shi) (HSK 6)
tā — see 踏實 (tā shi) (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
向前
xiàng qián — 1. forward 2. onward (HSK 5)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)

黄昏时候的七月,火烧云刚刚落下去,街道上发著显微的白光,嘁嘁喳喳,把往日的寂静都冲散了,个个街道都活了起来,好像这城里发生了大火,人们都赶去救火的样子。非常忙迫,踢踢踏踏的向前跑。

Those who ran to the riverbank first squatted down there, and those who arrived later squeezed in and squatted down there too.

xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
cún — (dialect) to sprain one's foot or leg due to a sudden impact or landing (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
擠上去
jǐ shàng qu — to squeeze oneself up into (a crowded vehicle etc)
cún — (dialect) to sprain one's foot or leg due to a sudden impact or landing (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)

先跑到了河沿的就蹲在那里,后跑到的,也就挤上去蹲在那里。

Everyone waited together, waited for the moon to rise high, for that was when the river lanterns would be set afloat upon the water.

大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
一齊
yī qí — 1. at the same time 2. simultaneously (HSK 6)
等候
děng hòu — 1. to wait 2. to wait for (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
等候
děng hòu — 1. to wait 2. to wait for (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
高起
gāo qǐ — to rise high; to spring up
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
水上
shuǐ shàng — 1. on water 2. aquatic
放下
fàng xià — 1. to lay down; to put down 2. to let go of; to relinquish; to set aside 3. to lower (the blinds etc) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

大家一齐等候著,等候著月亮高起来,河灯就要从水上放下来了。

The fifteenth of the seventh month is a festival of ghosts; the wronged and resentful spirits of the dead, unable to be reborn, lingered on in hell in great suffering, longing for rebirth yet unable to find the way.On this day, if each ghost were to bear a river lantern, it might thereby attain rebirth.For the road from the world of the dead to the world of the living is, it seems, exceedingly dark, and without a lantern the way cannot be seen.And so the setting afloat of river lanterns is an act of charity.It shows that the upright and virtuous among the living have not forgotten those wronged and resentful spirits already dead.

七月
Qī yuè — 1. July 2. seventh month (of the lunar year)
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
鬼節
Guǐ jié — see 中元節 (Zhōng yuán jié)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
冤魂
yuān hún — 1. ghost of one who died unjustly 2. departed spirit demanding vengeance for grievances
yuàn — 1. to blame 2. (bound form) resentment; hatred; grudge (HSK 5)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
不得
bù dé — 1. must not 2. may not 3. not to be allowed 4. cannot
tuō — 1. to shed 2. to take off 3. to escape 4. to get away from (HSK 4)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
纏綿
chán mián — 1. touching (emotions) 2. lingering (illness)
在地
zài dì — (Tw) local; native (from Taiwanese 在地, Tai-lo pr. [tsāi-tē])
yù — prison
裡邊
lǐ bian — inside (HSK 1)
是非
shì fēi — 1. right and wrong 2. quarrel (HSK 7-9)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
kǔ — 1. bitter 2. hardship 3. pain 4. to suffer 5. to bring suffering to 6. painstakingly (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
tuō — 1. to shed 2. to take off 3. to escape 4. to get away from (HSK 4)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
找不著
zhǎo bu zháo — to be unable to find
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
若是
ruò shì — if
每個
měi gè — each; every
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
tuō — 1. to hold up in one's hand; to support with one's palm 2. sth serving as a support: a prop, a rest (e.g. arm rest) 3. (bound form) a shill 4. to ask; to beg; to entrust (variant of 託 (tuō)) 5. torr (unit of pressure) (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
得以
dé yǐ — 1. able to 2. so that sb can 3. enabling 4. in order to 5. finally in a position to 6. with sth in view (HSK 5)
tuō — 1. to shed 2. to take off 3. to escape 4. to get away from (HSK 4)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
大概
dà gài — 1. roughly 2. probably 3. rough 4. approximate 5. about 6. general idea (HSK 3)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
陰間
yīn jiān — 1. the nether world 2. Hades 3. (neologism) (slang) disturbing 4. unsettling 5. awful 6. detestable
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
陽間
yáng jiān — the world of the living
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
看不見
kàn bu jiàn — 1. cannot see 2. cannot be seen 3. invisible
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. item 2. component 3. classifier for events, things, clothes etc (HSK 2)
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. item 2. component 3. classifier for events, things, clothes etc (HSK 2)
善舉
shàn jǔ — 1. meritorious deed 2. benevolent act
可見
kě jiàn — 1. it can clearly be seen (that this is the case) 2. it is (thus) clear 3. clear 4. visible (HSK 4)
活著
huó zhe — alive
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
正人君子
zhèng rén jūn zi — 1. upright gentleman 2. man of honor
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
冤魂
yuān hún — 1. ghost of one who died unjustly 2. departed spirit demanding vengeance for grievances
yuàn — 1. to blame 2. (bound form) resentment; hatred; grudge (HSK 5)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
忘記
wàng jì — to forget (HSK 1)

七月十五日是个鬼节,死了的冤魂怨鬼,不得脱生,缠绵在地狱里边是非常苦的,想脱生,又找不著路。这一天若是每个鬼托著一个河灯,就可得以脱生。大概从阴间到阳间的这一条路,非常之黑,若没有灯是看不见路的。所以放河灯这件事情是件善举。可见活著的正人君子们,对著那些已死的冤魂怨鬼还没有忘记。

But there is a contradiction in all this: a child born on the night of the fifteenth of the seventh month, it is feared, is seldom a good sign, for such a child, more often than not, is thought to be some wandering ghost who came to be reborn bearing a lotus lantern.When this child grows up, it will not be loved by its parents, and when it reaches marriageable age, the families of the man and the woman must first compare birth dates and hours before the marriage can be arranged.If it is the woman's side that was born on the fifteenth of the seventh month, then that woman will find it very hard to marry, and must change her birth date to deceive the man's family.If it is the man's family whose son was born on the fifteenth of the seventh month, that too is not a good sign; but if the family is rich in property, it does not matter much — the marriage can go ahead all the same, for even if he is an evil ghost, once he has money he is probably not so very evil after all.But on the woman's side, this is absolutely out of the question, utterly impermissible;unless she is the only daughter of a wealthy widow, in which case the matter stands differently, for in marrying this girl there is a share of property hovering somewhere in the offing; and even if the property itself cannot be brought over with the marriage, at the very least her dowry will not be lacking.Suppose, then, that the woman is indeed the incarnation of an evil ghost — even so, it does not matter.

但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
其間
qí jiān — 1. in between 2. within that interval 3. in the meantime (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
矛盾
máo dùn — 1. contradiction 2. classifier: 個 (gè) 3. conflicting views 4. contradictory (HSK 5)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
七月
Qī yuè — 1. July 2. seventh month (of the lunar year)
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yè — night (HSK 2)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
不大
bù dà — 1. not very (clear, far away etc); not too 2. not often; infrequently (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yě — 1. field 2. plain 3. open space 4. limit 5. boundary 6. rude 7. feral (HSK 6)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
tuō — 1. to hold up in one's hand; to support with one's palm 2. sth serving as a support: a prop, a rest (e.g. arm rest) 3. (bound form) a shill 4. to ask; to beg; to entrust (variant of 託 (tuō)) 5. torr (unit of pressure) (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
蓮花
lián huā — 1. lotus flower (Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn, among others) 2. water-lily
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
投生
tóu shēng — 1. reborn (of departed spirit) 2. to be reincarnated 3. to leave home for a new life
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
長大
zhǎng dà — to grow up (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
父母
fù mǔ — father and mother; parents (HSK 3)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
喜歡
xǐ huan — to like; to be fond of (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
結婚
jié hūn — to marry; to get married (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
年齡
nián líng — 1. (a person's) age 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ), 個 (gè) (HSK 5)
男女
nán nǚ — 1. male-female 2. male and female (HSK 4)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
必要
bì yào — 1. necessary 2. essential 3. indispensable 4. required (HSK 3)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
對過
duì guò — 1. across 2. opposite 3. the other side
生日
shēng rì — 1. birthday 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
時辰
shí chen — 1. time 2. one of the 12 two-hour periods of the day
才能
cái néng — 1. talent 2. ability 3. capacity (HSK 3)
gòu — 1. enough (sufficient) 2. enough (too much) 3. (coll.) (before adj.) really 4. (coll.) to reach by stretching out (HSK 2)
結親
jié qīn — to marry
若是
ruò shì — if
女家
nǚ jiā — bride's family (in marriage)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
七月
Qī yuè — 1. July 2. seventh month (of the lunar year)
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
nán — 1. difficult (to...) 2. problem 3. difficulty 4. difficult 5. not good (HSK 1)
出嫁
chū jià — to get married (of woman)
必須
bì xū — 1. to have to 2. must 3. compulsory 4. necessarily (HSK 2)
gǎi — 1. to change 2. to alter 3. to transform 4. to correct (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
生日
shēng rì — 1. birthday 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
欺騙
qī piàn — to deceive; to cheat (HSK 7-9)
男家
nán jiā — man's family (in marriage)
若是
ruò shì — if
男家
nán jiā — man's family (in marriage)
七月
Qī yuè — 1. July 2. seventh month (of the lunar year)
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
生日
shēng rì — 1. birthday 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不大
bù dà — 1. not very (clear, far away etc); not too 2. not often; infrequently (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
若是
ruò shì — if
財產
cái chǎn — 1. property 2. assets 3. estate 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ) (HSK 4)
豐富
fēng fù — 1. to enrich 2. rich 3. plentiful 4. abundant (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
多大
duō dà — 1. how old? 2. how big? 3. how much? 4. so big 5. that much
關係
guān xi — 1. relation 2. relationship 3. to concern 4. to affect 5. to have to do with 6. guanxi 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
惡鬼
è guǐ — 1. evil spirit 2. devil
有了
yǒu le — 1. I've got a solution! 2. to have a bun in the oven (abbr. for 有了胎 (yǒu le tāi))
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
大概
dà gài — 1. roughly 2. probably 3. rough 4. approximate 5. about 6. general idea (HSK 3)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
怎樣
zěn yàng — 1. how 2. what kind (HSK 2)
ě — used in 惡心 (ě xīn) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
方面
fāng miàn — 1. respect 2. aspect 3. field 4. side 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
可就
kě jiù — certainly
萬萬
wàn wàn — 1. hundred million; (fig.) enormous quantity 2. absolutely; certainly (usually followed by a negative expression) (HSK 7-9)
不可
bù kě — cannot; should not; must not
絕對
jué duì — absolute; unconditional (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不可以
bù kě yǐ — may not
若是
ruò shì — if
有錢
yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
寡婦
guǎ fu — widow (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dú — 1. alone 2. independent 3. single 4. sole 5. only (HSK 7-9)
養女
yǎng nǚ — adopted daughter
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
別論
bié lùn — 1. a different matter 2. another story 3. (old) objection
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
qǔ — 1. to take a wife 2. to marry (a woman) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
fēn — 1. to divide; to separate 2. to distribute; to allocate 3. to distinguish (good and bad) 4. (bound form) branch of (an organization); sub- (as in 分局 (fēn jú)) 5. fraction 6. one tenth (of certain units) 7. unit of length equivalent to 0.33 cm 8. minute (unit of time) 9. minute (angular measurement unit) 10. a point (in sports or games) 11. 0.01 yuan (unit of money) (HSK 1)
財產
cái chǎn — 1. property 2. assets 3. estate 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ) (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
huǎng — 1. to dazzle 2. to flash past (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
huǎng — 1. to dazzle 2. to flash past (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
qǔ — 1. to take a wife 2. to marry (a woman) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
財產
cái chǎn — 1. property 2. assets 3. estate 4. classifier: 筆 (bǐ) (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
fēn — 1. to divide; to separate 2. to distribute; to allocate 3. to distinguish (good and bad) 4. (bound form) branch of (an organization); sub- (as in 分局 (fēn jú)) 5. fraction 6. one tenth (of certain units) 7. unit of length equivalent to 0.33 cm 8. minute (unit of time) 9. minute (angular measurement unit) 10. a point (in sports or games) 11. 0.01 yuan (unit of money) (HSK 1)
zhuāng — variant of 妝 (zhuāng)
lián — bridal trousseau
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
少不了
shǎo bu liǎo — 1. cannot do without 2. to be unavoidable 3. are bound to be many (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
假說
jiǎ shuō — hypothesis
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
惡鬼
è guǐ — 1. evil spirit 2. devil
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
化身
huà shēn — 1. incarnation 2. reincarnation 3. embodiment (of abstract idea) 4. personification (HSK 7-9)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不要緊
bù yào jǐn — 1. unimportant 2. not serious 3. it doesn't matter 4. never mind 5. it looks all right, but (HSK 4)

但是这其间也有一个矛盾,就是七月十五这夜生的孩子,怕是都不大好,多半都是野鬼托著个莲花灯投生而来的。这个孩子长大了将不被父母所喜欢,长到结婚的年龄,男女两家必要先对过生日时辰,才能够结亲。若是女家生在七月十五,这女子就很难出嫁,必须改了生日,欺骗男家。若是男家七月十五的生日,也不大好,不过若是财产丰富的,也就没有多大关系,嫁是可以嫁过去的,虽然就是一个恶鬼,有了钱大概怕也不怎样恶了。但在女子这方面可就万万不可,绝对的不可以;若是有钱的寡妇的独养女,又当别论,因为娶了这姑娘可以有一分财产在那里晃来晃去,就是娶了而带不过财产来,先说那一分粧奁也是少不了的。假说女子就是一个恶鬼的化身,但那也不要紧。

:「。」As ordinary folk say: "With money you can make even a ghost turn the millstone." It would seem people believe that ghosts are not quite real, not entirely to be trusted as true.

平常
píng cháng — 1. ordinary 2. common 3. usually 4. ordinarily (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
有錢能使鬼推磨
yǒu qián néng shǐ guǐ tuī mò — 1. lit. with money, you can get a devil to turn a millstone (idiom) 2. fig. with money, you can get anything done; money talks
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
相信
xiāng xìn — to believe; to be convinced; to accept as true (HSK 2)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
gēi — used in 假掰 (gēi bāi) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
有點
yǒu diǎn — a little
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
十分
shí fēn — 1. very 2. completely 3. utterly 4. extremely 5. absolutely 6. hundred percent 7. to divide into ten equal parts (HSK 2)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)

平常的人说:「有钱能使鬼推磨。」似乎人们相信鬼是假的,有点不十分真。

But the moment the river lanterns were set afloat, the monks, in celebration of the ghosts' rebirth, beat their drums, which clanged and rang out;and chanted their sutras as though reciting urgent incantations, signifying that this moment was worth a thousand pieces of gold and must not be hastily let slip by — all you male ghosts and female ghosts, make haste and bear your lanterns off to be reborn!

但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
放下
fàng xià — 1. to lay down; to put down 2. to let go of; to relinquish; to set aside 3. to lower (the blinds etc) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
和尚
hé shang — Buddhist monk (HSK 7-9)
為著
wèi zhe — 1. in order to 2. because of 3. for the sake of
慶祝
qìng zhù — to celebrate (HSK 3)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
更生
gēng shēng — 1. resurrection 2. rebirth 3. reinvigorated 4. rejuvenated 5. a new lease of life
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
叮噹
dīng dāng — 1. (onom.) ding dong 2. jingling of bells 3. clanking sound
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
niàn — variant of 念 (niàn), to read aloud (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
緊急
jǐn jí — 1. urgent 2. emergency (HSK 3)
符咒
fú zhòu — 1. charm 2. amulet (religious object conferring blessing)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
表示
biǎo shì — 1. (of sb) to express; to state; to show 2. (of sth) to indicate; to signify; to show 3. expression; manifestation (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
工夫
gōng fū — (old) laborer (HSK 3)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
千金
qiān jīn — 1. thousand jin 斤 (pounds) of gold 2. money and riches 3. (honorific) invaluable (support) 4. (honorific) daughter
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kè — 1. quarter (hour) 2. moment 3. to carve 4. to engrave 5. to cut 6. oppressive 7. classifier for short time intervals (HSK 2)
qiě — 1. and 2. moreover 3. yet 4. for the time being 5. to be about to 6. both (... and...) (HSK 7-9)
Mò — surname Mo
匆匆
cōng cōng — hurriedly (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
諸位
zhū wèi — 1. (pron) everyone 2. Ladies and Gentlemen 3. Sirs (HSK 6)
nán — 1. (bound form) male 2. baron, the lowest of the five ranks of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) (HSK 1)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
nǚ — 1. female 2. woman 3. daughter (HSK 1)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
趕快
gǎn kuài — quickly; at once (HSK 3)
tuō — 1. to hold up in one's hand; to support with one's palm 2. sth serving as a support: a prop, a rest (e.g. arm rest) 3. (bound form) a shill 4. to ask; to beg; to entrust (variant of 託 (tuō)) 5. torr (unit of pressure) (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
投生
tóu shēng — 1. reborn (of departed spirit) 2. to be reincarnated 3. to leave home for a new life
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

但是当河灯一放下来的时候,和尚为著庆祝鬼们更生,打著鼓,叮当的响;念著经,好像紧急符咒似的,表示著,这一工夫可是千金一刻,且莫匆匆的让过,诸位男鬼女鬼,赶快托著灯去投生吧。

Once the sutras were finished, they played the sheng, the guan, the flute, and the xiao, and that music was truly beautiful to hear, carrying to be heard both near and far.

niàn — variant of 念 (niàn), to read aloud (HSK 3)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)
Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
笙管
shēng guǎn — pipes of a panpipe
dí — flute
xiāo — xiao, a vertical bamboo flute
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
實在
shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)
好聽
hǎo tīng — pleasant to hear (HSK 1)
遠近
yuǎn jìn — 1. far and near 2. distance
jiē — 1. all 2. each and every 3. in all cases (HSK 7-9)
Wén — surname Wen (HSK 2)

念完了经,就吹笙管笛箫,那声音实在好听,远近皆闻。

At the same time, the river lanterns, crowding close upon one another, came floating down from upstream.They floated very slowly, calm and steady, giving not the slightest sign that ghosts beneath the water might come and seize them away.

同時
tóng shí — at the same time; simultaneously (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
上流
shàng liú — upper class (HSK 7-9)
yōng — 1. to hold in one's arms; to embrace 2. to surround; to gather around 3. to throng; to swarm 4. (bound form) to support (as in 擁護 (yōng hù)) 5. (literary) to have; to possess 6. Taiwan pr. (yǒng)
擁擠
yōng jǐ — 1. crowded 2. to throng 3. congestion (HSK 7-9)
jǐ — 1. to crowd in 2. to cram in 3. to force others aside 4. to press 5. to squeeze 6. to find (time in one's busy schedule) (HSK 5)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
下浮
xià fú — downward fluctuation (of prices etc)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
fú — 1. to float 2. superficial 3. floating 4. unstable 5. movable 6. provisional 7. temporary 8. transient 9. impetuous 10. hollow 11. inflated 12. to exceed 13. superfluous 14. excessive 15. surplus (HSK 6)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
màn — slow (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
鎮靜
zhèn jìng — 1. calm 2. cool
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
穩當
wěn dang — 1. reliable 2. secure 3. stable 4. firm
絕對
jué duì — absolute; unconditional (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
看不出
kàn bu chū — can't discern
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
裡邊
lǐ bian — inside (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
有鬼
yǒu guǐ — (fig.) to smell fishy
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zhuō — 1. to clutch 2. to grab 3. to capture (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
它們
tā men — they; them (HSK 2)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

同时那河灯从上流拥拥挤挤,往下浮来了。浮得很慢,又镇静、又稳当,绝对的看不出来水里边会有鬼们来捉了它们去。

The moment these lanterns came down, glinting gold and glowing bright all over, and with an audience of thousands upon thousands of onlookers besides, the spectacle was truly no small affair.The river lanterns were so many in number that they could not be counted — probably several thousand of them.The children along both banks clapped their hands and cried out in delight, stamping their feet in welcome.The grown-ups, meanwhile, all gazed on as though entranced, silent, lost in the light of the lanterns and the colors of the river.The lantern light made the river water glimmer with a dim, mysterious glow.Upon the water the moon of the sky leapt and danced.Truly, what age of human life is this, that it should hold so fine a sight?

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
一下
yī xià — 1. (after a verb) a bit; a little (indicating brief duration, or softening the tone, or suggesting giving sth a try) 2. all at once; suddenly
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
忽忽
hū hū — 1. fleeting (of quick passage time) 2. in a flash 3. distracted manner 4. vacantly 5. frustratedly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
liàng — 1. bright; light 2. to shine; to flash 3. loud and clear 4. to show (one's passport etc); to make public (one's views etc) (HSK 2)
通通
tōng tōng — 1. all 2. entire 3. complete (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
加上
jiā shàng — 1. plus 2. to put in 3. to add 4. to add on 5. to add into 6. in addition 7. on top of that (HSK 5)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
千萬
qiān wàn — 1. ten million 2. countless 3. many 4. one must by all means (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
觀眾
guān zhòng — spectators; audience; visitors (to an exhibition etc) (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
舉動
jǔ dòng — 1. act 2. action 3. activity 4. move 5. movement (HSK 5)
實在
shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
小的
xiǎo de — 1. (coll.) young child; the little one(s) of the family 2. (old) (humble) I; me; my (used by a commoner when speaking to an official)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
有數
yǒu shù — 1. to have kept count; to know how many; (fig.) to know exactly how things stand; to know the score 2. not many; only a few
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
數目
shù mù — 1. amount 2. number (HSK 5)
大概
dà gài — 1. roughly 2. probably 3. rough 4. approximate 5. about 6. general idea (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
幾千
jǐ qiān — several thousand
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
兩岸
liǎng àn — 1. bilateral 2. both shores 3. both sides 4. both coasts 5. Taiwan and mainland (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
孩子們
hái zi men — children
拍手
pāi shǒu — to clap one's hands
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
jué — 1. to cut short 2. extinct 3. to disappear 4. to vanish 5. absolutely 6. by no means (HSK 6)
跳腳
tiào jiǎo — 1. to stomp or hop about (in anxiety, anger etc) 2. to dance on one's feet 3. hopping mad (anxious, etc)
歡迎
huān yíng — 1. to welcome 2. welcome (HSK 2)
大人
dà ren — 1. adult 2. grownup 3. title of respect toward superiors (HSK 2)
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
看出
kàn chū — 1. to make out 2. to see (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一聲不響
yī shēng bù xiǎng — 1. to keep totally silent 2. noiselessly
陶醉
táo zuì — to be infatuated with; to be drunk with; to be enchanted with; to revel in (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
燈光
dēng guāng — 1. (stage) lighting 2. light (HSK 4)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
sè — 1. color 2. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) 3. look 4. appearance 5. sex (HSK 4)
之中
zhī zhōng — 1. inside 2. among 3. in the midst of (doing sth) 4. during (HSK 5)
燈光
dēng guāng — 1. (stage) lighting 2. light (HSK 4)
照得
zhào dé — seeing that
河水
hé shuǐ — river water
幽幽
yōu yōu — 1. faint 2. indistinct
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
發亮
fā liàng — 1. to shine 2. shiny
水上
shuǐ shàng — 1. on water 2. aquatic
跳躍
tiào yuè — 1. to jump 2. to leap 3. to bound 4. to skip (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
天空
tiān kōng — sky (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
人生
rén shēng — life (one's time on earth) (HSK 3)
Hé — surname He
Shì — surname Shi
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
景況
jǐng kuàng — circumstances

这灯一下来的时候,金忽忽的,亮通通的,又加上有千万人的观众,这举动实在是不小的。河灯之多,有数不过来的数目,大概是几千百只。两岸上的孩子们,拍手叫绝,跳脚欢迎。大人则都看出了神了,一声不响,陶醉在灯光河色之中。灯光照得河水幽幽的发亮。水上跳跃著天空的月亮。真是人生何世,会有这样好的景况。

The bustle went on until the moon had climbed to the very center of the sky, until the First, Second, and Third Pleiades stars had all come out in full, and only then did the scene begin, little by little, to pass from splendor and clamor onto the road of quiet stillness.

一直
yī zhí — 1. straight (in a straight line) 2. continuously; always; all the way through (HSK 2)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
來到
lái dào — to arrive; to come (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
中天
zhōng tiān — 1. (literary) midheaven; highest point in the sky 2. (astronomy) culmination; transit across the meridian
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
mǎo — the Pleiades
xīng — 1. star 2. heavenly body 3. satellite 4. small amount
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
mǎo — the Pleiades
xīng — 1. star 2. heavenly body 3. satellite 4. small amount
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
mǎo — the Pleiades
xīng — 1. star 2. heavenly body 3. satellite 4. small amount
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
Qí — 1. (name of states and dynasties at several different periods) 2. surname Qi (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
suàn — 1. to calculate; to figure out 2. to include; to count in 3. to count; to be valid; to carry weight 4. to regard as; to consider (to be ...) (HSK 2)
漸漸
jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
繁華
fán huá — 1. flourishing 2. bustling (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
景況
jǐng kuàng — circumstances
走向
zǒu xiàng — 1. direction 2. strike (i.e. angle of inclination in geology) 3. inclination 4. trend 5. to move towards 6. to head for
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
冷靜
lěng jìng — 1. calm; cool-headed; dispassionate 2. (of a place) deserted; quiet (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

一直闹到月亮来到了中天,大昴星,二昴星,三昴星都出齐了的时候,才算渐渐的从繁华的景况,走向了冷静的路去。

The river lanterns, coming from several li upstream, took a very, very long time to float down and arrive.And then took a very, very long time again to float past and away.In the course of this, some went out halfway along the way.Some were swept against the bank and caught fast where wild grasses grew along the shore.And too, whenever the river lanterns floated down to the lower reaches, some children would take up poles to snatch at them, and some fishing boats would casually take one or two for themselves as well.As time went on, the river lanterns grew sparser and sparser.

hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
上流
shàng liú — upper class (HSK 7-9)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
jiǔ — (of a period of time) long (HSK 3)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
jiǔ — (of a period of time) long (HSK 3)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
過來
guò lái — 1. to come over 2. to manage 3. to handle 4. to be able to take care of (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
jiǔ — (of a period of time) long (HSK 3)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
jiǔ — (of a period of time) long (HSK 3)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
過程
guò chéng — course of events; process (HSK 3)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
半路
bàn lù — 1. halfway 2. midway 3. on the way (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
miè — 1. to extinguish or put out 2. to go out (of a fire etc) 3. to exterminate or wipe out 4. to drown (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
chōng — 1. (of water) to dash against 2. to mix with water 3. to infuse 4. to rinse 5. to flush 6. to develop (a film) 7. to rise in the air 8. to clash 9. to collide with (HSK 4)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
岸邊
àn biān — shore
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
岸邊
àn biān — shore
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
野草
yě cǎo — 1. weeds 2. mistress or prostitute (old)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
地方
dì fāng — 1. region 2. regional (away from the central administration) 3. local (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
掛住
guà zhù — 1. to get caught (entangled) 2. to catch (on sth)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
每當
měi dāng — whenever; every time (HSK 7-9)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
一流
yī liú — 1. top quality 2. front ranking (HSK 5)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
下流
xià liú — 1. lower course of a river 2. low-class 3. mean and lowly 4. vulgar 5. obscene
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
竿子
gān zi — 1. bamboo pole 2. classifier: 根 (gēn), 個 (gè)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zhuā — 1. to grab 2. to catch 3. to arrest 4. to snatch 5. to scratch (HSK 3)
tā — it (HSK 2)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
漁船
yú chuán — 1. fishing boat 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
順手
shùn shǒu — 1. as an incidental action while doing sth else; while one is at it; in passing 2. smooth; easy; without difficulty (HSK 7-9)
qǔ — 1. to take 2. to get 3. to choose 4. to fetch (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
越來越
yuè lái yuè — more and more (HSK 2)
稀疏
xī shū — 1. sparse 2. infrequent 3. thinly spread
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

河灯从几里路长的上流,流了很久很久才流过来了。再流了很久很久才流过去了。在这过程中,有的流到半路就灭了。有的被冲到了岸边,在岸边生了野草的地方就被挂住了。还有每当河灯一流到了下流,就有些孩子拿著竿子去抓它,有些渔船也顺手取了一两只。到后来河灯越来越稀疏了。

Further downstream, they began to take on a look of desolation and loneliness.For the farther they floated, the fewer of them there were.

dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
下流
xià liú — 1. lower course of a river 2. low-class 3. mean and lowly 4. vulgar 5. obscene
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
顯出
xiǎn chū — 1. to express 2. to exhibit (HSK 6)
荒涼
huāng liáng — desolate (HSK 7-9)
孤寂
gū jì — 1. lonesome 2. desolate
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

到往下流去,就显出荒凉孤寂的样子来了。因为越流越少了。

Those that floated on to the farthest distance seemed to reach a place where even the river water had turned black.And as they floated on and on, one by one there would be one fewer.

liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
jí — 1. extremely 2. pole (geography, physics) 3. utmost 4. top (HSK 4)
遠處
yuǎn chù — distant place (HSK 5)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
河水
hé shuǐ — river water
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)

流到极远处去的,似乎那里的河水也发了黑。而且是流著流著的就少了一个。

When the river lanterns first came down from upstream, although there were many along the way that fell behind and many that were extinguished, one never had the feeling that they were being borne away by ghosts.

hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
上流
shàng liú — upper class (HSK 7-9)
過來
guò lái — 1. to come over 2. to manage 3. to handle 4. to be able to take care of (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
路上
lù shang — 1. on the road 2. on the way; en route (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
落伍
luò wǔ — 1. to fall behind the ranks 2. to be outdated
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
淹滅
yān miè — 1. to submerge 2. to flood 3. to bury
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
始終
shǐ zhōng — 1. from beginning to end 2. all along (HSK 3)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
tuō — 1. to hold up in one's hand; to support with one's palm 2. sth serving as a support: a prop, a rest (e.g. arm rest) 3. (bound form) a shill 4. to ask; to beg; to entrust (variant of 託 (tuō)) 5. torr (unit of pressure) (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
感覺
gǎn jué — 1. feeling; impression; sensation 2. to feel; to perceive (HSK 2)

河灯从上流过来的时候,虽然路上也有许多落伍的,也有许多淹灭了的,但始终没有觉得河灯是被鬼们托著走了的感觉。

But while these river lanterns were floating down from far upstream, people's hearts were full of joy; and once they had floated past where one stood, it still did not seem to matter much;only at the very end, when the river lanterns had floated off to the farthest reaches downstream, did those watching feel, for no reason they could name, an emptiness rise up within them.

可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
上流
shàng liú — upper class (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
遠處
yuǎn chù — distant place (HSK 5)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
滿心
mǎn xīn — 1. one's whole heart 2. from the bottom of one's heart
歡喜
huān xǐ — 1. happy 2. joyous 3. delighted 4. to like 5. to be fond of
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
唯獨
wéi dú — 1. only 2. just (i.e. it is only that...) 3. all except 4. unique (HSK 7-9)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
最後
zuì hòu — 1. final; last; ultimate 2. finally; in the end (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
jí — 1. extremely 2. pole (geography, physics) 3. utmost 4. top (HSK 4)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
下流
xià liú — 1. lower course of a river 2. low-class 3. mean and lowly 4. vulgar 5. obscene
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
內心
nèi xīn — 1. heart; innermost being 2. (math.) incenter (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
無由
wú yóu — 1. to be unable (to do sth) 2. no reason to ... 3. without rhyme or reason
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
空虛
kōng xū — 1. hollow 2. emptiness 3. meaningless (HSK 7-9)

可是当这河灯,从上流的远处流来,人们是满心欢喜的,等流过了自己,也还没有什么;唯独到了最后,那河灯流到了极远的下流去的时候,使看河灯的人们,内心里无由的来了空虚。

?」"Those river lanterns — where, in the end, are they drifting off to?"

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
到底
dào dǐ — 1. finally 2. in the end 3. when all is said and done 4. after all 5. to the end 6. to the last (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
piāo — 1. to float 2. to drift (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

「那河灯,到底是要漂到那里去呢?」

Most people, upon seeing this state of things, would rise to their feet, leave the riverbank, and go home.

多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
看到
kàn dào — to see (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
景況
jǐng kuàng — circumstances
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
抬起
tái qǐ — to lift up
shēn — 1. body 2. life 3. oneself 4. personally 5. one's morality and conduct 6. the main part of a structure or body 7. pregnant 8. classifier for sets of clothes: suit, twinset 9. Kangxi radical 158
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
離開
lí kāi — to depart; to leave (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
回家
huí jiā — to return home (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

多半的人们,看到了这样的景况,就抬起身来离开了河沿回家去了。

And so not only did the river grow desolate, but the bank grew desolate as well.

於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
不但
bù dàn — not only (... but also ...) (HSK 2)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
冷落
lěng luò — 1. desolate 2. unfrequented 3. to treat sb coldly 4. to snub 5. to cold shoulder (HSK 7-9)
岸上
àn shàng — 1. ashore 2. on the riverbank (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
冷落
lěng luò — 1. desolate 2. unfrequented 3. to treat sb coldly 4. to snub 5. to cold shoulder (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

于是不但河里冷落,岸上也冷落了起来。

Looking now toward the far distance downstream, one would watch, and watch, and then one of the lanterns would go out.Watching still further, another would go out, and sometimes two would go out together.And so it truly seemed as though they were being carried off, one by one, by ghosts.

這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
遠處
yuǎn chù — distant place (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
下流
xià liú — 1. lower course of a river 2. low-class 3. mean and lowly 4. vulgar 5. obscene
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
miè — 1. to extinguish or put out 2. to go out (of a fire etc) 3. to exterminate or wipe out 4. to drown (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
miè — 1. to extinguish or put out 2. to go out (of a fire etc) 3. to exterminate or wipe out 4. to drown (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
miè — 1. to extinguish or put out 2. to go out (of a fire etc) 3. to exterminate or wipe out 4. to drown (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tuō — 1. to hold up in one's hand; to support with one's palm 2. sth serving as a support: a prop, a rest (e.g. arm rest) 3. (bound form) a shill 4. to ask; to beg; to entrust (variant of 託 (tuō)) 5. torr (unit of pressure) (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

这时再往远处的下流看去,看著,看著,那灯就灭了一个。再看著看著,又灭了一个,还有两个一块灭的。于是就真像被鬼一个一个的托著走了。

Once the third watch of the night had passed, there was not a single person left along the riverbank, and not a single lantern left upon the river.

dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
三更
sān gēng — 1. third of the five night watch periods 23:00-01:00 (old) 2. midnight 3. also pr. (sān jīn)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
上一個
shàng yī ge — previous one
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
裡邊
lǐ bian — inside (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

打过了三更,河沿上一个人也没有了,河里边一个灯也没有了。

The river water was as tranquil as ever, the light breeze creasing the river into the finest ripples.The moonlight upon the river did not glimmer in patches of gold as it does upon the sea, but rather the moon itself seemed to have sunk down into the riverbed.It seemed as though the people on the fishing boats could reach out a hand and lift the moon aboard.

河水
hé shuǐ — river water
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
寂靜
jì jìng — quiet (HSK 7-9)
如常
rú cháng — as usual
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
河水
hé shuǐ — river water
zhòu — 1. to wrinkle 2. wrinkled 3. to crease (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
jí — 1. extremely 2. pole (geography, physics) 3. utmost 4. top (HSK 4)
xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
波浪
bō làng — wave (HSK 6)
月光
yuè guāng — moonlight
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
河水
hé shuǐ — river water
上邊
shàng bian — 1. the top 2. above 3. overhead 4. upwards 5. the top margin 6. above-mentioned 7. those higher up (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
海水
hǎi shuǐ — seawater (HSK 4)
上邊
shàng bian — 1. the top 2. above 3. overhead 4. upwards 5. the top margin 6. above-mentioned 7. those higher up (HSK 1)
Shǎn — surname Shan (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
piān — 1. disk 2. sheet (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
piān — 1. disk 2. sheet (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
而是
ér shì — rather (HSK 4)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
là — 1. to leave out 2. to be missing 3. to leave behind or forget to bring 4. to lag or fall behind (HSK 4)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
漁船
yú chuán — 1. fishing boat 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
伸手
shēn shǒu — 1. to reach out with one's hand 2. to hold out a hand 3. (fig.) to beg 4. to get involved 5. to meddle (HSK 7-9)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
拿到
ná dào — 1. to get 2. to obtain (HSK 2)
chuán — 1. boat 2. vessel 3. ship 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 艘 (sōu), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
上來
shàng lái — 1. to come up 2. to approach 3. (verb complement indicating success) (HSK 3)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)

河水是寂静如常的,小风把河水皱著极细的波浪。月光在河水上边并不像在海水上边闪著一片一片的金光,而是月亮落到河底里去了。似乎那渔船上的人,伸手可以把月亮拿到船上来似的。

On the south bank of the river were nothing but thickets of willow branches, and on the north bank stood the city of Hulan.

hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
南岸
Nán àn — see 南岸區 (Nán àn Qū)
jǐn — 1. to the greatest extent 2. (when used before a noun of location) furthest or extreme 3. to be within the limits of 4. to give priority to (HSK 6)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
柳條
liǔ tiáo — willow twig; osier; wicker
cóng — 1. cluster 2. collection 3. collection of books 4. thicket
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
běi — 1. north 2. (classical) to be defeated (HSK 1)
àn — bank; shore; beach; coast (HSK 5)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
呼蘭
Hū lán — see 呼蘭區 (Hū lán Qū)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)

河的南岸,尽是柳条丛,河的北岸就是呼兰河城。

The people who had gone to see the river lanterns and returned home had, by now, perhaps all fallen asleep.But the moon still shone upon the river.

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
睡著
shuì zháo — to fall asleep (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)

那看河灯回去的人们,也许都睡著了。不过月亮还是在河上照著。

The open-air stage operas were also performed by the riverside.It was likewise in autumn — say, if the autumn harvest that year had been good, then a stage opera would be put on, to give thanks to Heaven and Earth.If in summer there was a great drought, people would put on wreaths of willow branches and pray for rain, dozens of them in the streets, running for days on end, singing and beating drums.Those who prayed for rain were not permitted to wear shoes, and the Dragon King, taking pity on them for scalding their feet so painfully under the sun, would therefore send down rain.Once the rain fell, then when autumn came an opera had to be sung, because a vow had been made at the time of praying for rain.A vow made must be a vow repaid, and if it was an opera to repay a vow, then it absolutely had to be sung.

yě — 1. field 2. plain 3. open space 4. limit 5. boundary 6. rude 7. feral (HSK 6)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
河邊
hé biān — river bank
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
秋天
qiū tiān — 1. autumn 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
比方
bǐ fang — 1. analogy; illustrative example 2. for instance (HSK 5)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
秋收
qiū shōu — 1. fall harvest 2. to reap
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
感謝
gǎn xiè — to thank; to be grateful (HSK 2)
天地
tiān dì — 1. heaven and earth 2. world 3. scope 4. field of activity (HSK 7-9)
若是
ruò shì — if
夏天
xià tiān — 1. summer 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
hàn — drought (HSK 7-9)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
柳條
liǔ tiáo — willow twig; osier; wicker
juān — 1. to confine 2. to lock up 3. to pen in (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
qiú — 1. to seek 2. to look for 3. to request 4. to demand 5. to beseech (HSK 2)
yǔ — 1. rain 2. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 場 (cháng) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
幾天
jǐ tiān — several days
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
gǔ — 1. drum 2. classifier: 通 (tòng), 面 (miàn) 3. to drum 4. to strike 5. to rouse 6. to bulge 7. to swell (HSK 5)
qiú — 1. to seek 2. to look for 3. to request 4. to demand 5. to beseech (HSK 2)
yǔ — 1. rain 2. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 場 (cháng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
不准
bù zhǔn — 1. not to allow 2. to forbid 3. to prohibit (HSK 7-9)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
xié — 1. shoe 2. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
龍王
Lóng wáng — Dragon King (mythology)
yé — 1. grandpa 2. old gentleman
可憐
kě lián — 1. pitiful 2. pathetic 3. to have pity on (HSK 5)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
下邊
xià bian — 1. under 2. the underside 3. below (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
jiǎo — 1. foot 2. leg (of an animal or an object) 3. base (of an object) 4. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) 5. classifier for kicks (HSK 2)
tàng — 1. to scald 2. to burn (by scalding) 3. to blanch (cooking) 4. to heat (sth) up in hot water 5. to perm 6. to iron 7. scalding hot (HSK 7-9)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
tòng — 1. ache 2. pain 3. sorrow 4. deeply 5. thoroughly (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
因此
yīn cǐ — thus; consequently; as a result (HSK 3)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yǔ — 1. rain 2. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 場 (cháng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一下
yī xià — 1. (after a verb) a bit; a little (indicating brief duration, or softening the tone, or suggesting giving sth a try) 2. all at once; suddenly
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yǔ — 1. rain 2. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 場 (cháng) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
秋天
qiū tiān — 1. autumn 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
唱戲
chàng xì — to perform in opera
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
qiú — 1. to seek 2. to look for 3. to request 4. to demand 5. to beseech (HSK 2)
yǔ — 1. rain 2. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 場 (cháng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
許下
xǔ xià — to make a promise
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yuàn — 1. (bound form) wish; hope; desire 2. to be willing 3. to wish (that sth may happen); may ... 4. vow; pledge (HSK 5)
許願
xǔ yuàn — 1. to make a wish 2. to make a vow 3. to promise a reward
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
還願
huán yuàn — 1. to redeem a vow (to a deity) 2. to fulfill a promise 3. votive
若是
ruò shì — if
還願
huán yuàn — 1. to redeem a vow (to a deity) 2. to fulfill a promise 3. votive
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
不可
bù kě — cannot; should not; must not
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

野台子戏也是在河边上唱的。也是秋天,比方这一年秋收好,就要唱一台子戏,感谢天地。若是夏天大旱,人们戴起柳条圈来求雨,在街上几十人,跑了几天,唱著,打著鼓。求雨的人不准穿鞋,龙王爷可怜他们在太阳下边把脚烫得很痛,就因此下了雨了。一下了雨,到秋天就得唱戏的,因为求雨的时候许下了愿。许愿就得还愿,若是还愿的戏就更非唱不可了。

Once begun, it would run for three whole days.

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)

On the sandy flats of the riverbank a stage would be erected.This stage was lashed together out of poles, with a mat awning rigged up over the top — a light rain would not matter in the least, and the sun could be shut out entirely.

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
河岸
hé àn — 1. riverside 2. river bank
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
沙灘
shā tān — 1. beach 2. sandy shore 3. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
杆子
gān zi — pole
bǎng — 1. to tie 2. bind or fasten together 3. to kidnap (HSK 7-9)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
上邊
shàng bian — 1. the top 2. above 3. overhead 4. upwards 5. the top margin 6. above-mentioned 7. those higher up (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xí — woven mat (variant of 席 (xí)) (HSK 7-9)
péng — 1. shed 2. canopy 3. shack
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
小雨
xiǎo yǔ — 1. light rain 2. drizzle
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不要緊
bù yào jǐn — 1. unimportant 2. not serious 3. it doesn't matter 4. never mind 5. it looks all right, but (HSK 4)
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
完全
wán quán — 1. complete; whole 2. totally; entirely (HSK 2)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
遮住
zhē zhù — 1. to cover (up) 2. to block 3. to obstruct 4. to shade
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

在河岸的沙滩上搭起了台子来。这台子是用杆子绑起来的,上边搭上了席棚,下了一点小雨也不要紧,太阳则完全可以遮住的。

Once the stage was built, viewing platforms would be built on both sides.The viewing platforms even had upper-tier seating.Sitting up in that upper tier was a fine thing — cool in the breeze, and with a view stretching far into the distance.But it was not easy to get a seat in the upper tier; unless one were a local official or gentry, ordinary people could hardly get up there.Since no tickets were sold at all, even if you had money, there was nothing to be done about it.

xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
兩邊
liǎng biān — either side; both sides (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
樓座
lóu zuò — gallery seat (in theater)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
樓座
lóu zuò — gallery seat (in theater)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
遠眺
yuǎn tiào — to gaze into the distance
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
樓座
lóu zuò — gallery seat (in theater)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不大
bù dà — 1. not very (clear, far away etc); not too 2. not often; infrequently (HSK 1)
容易
róng yì — 1. easy; straightforward 2. likely; liable to; apt to (HSK 3)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
得到
dé dào — to get; to obtain; to receive (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
除非
chú fēi — 1. only if (..., or otherwise, ...) 2. only when 3. only in the case that 4. unless (HSK 5)
當地
dāng dì — local (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
shēn — member of gentry
別人
bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不大
bù dà — 1. not very (clear, far away etc); not too 2. not often; infrequently (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
得到
dé dào — to get; to obtain; to receive (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jì — 1. already 2. since 3. both... (and...) (HSK 4)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
piào — 1. ticket 2. ballot 3. banknote 4. classifier: 張 (zhāng) 5. person held for ransom 6. amateur performance of Chinese opera 7. classifier for groups, batches, business transactions (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
有錢
yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
辦法
bàn fǎ — 1. way of handling sth; means; measure; (practical) solution to a problem 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)

戏台搭好了之后,两边就搭看台。看台还有楼座。坐在那楼座上是很好的,又风凉,又可以远眺。不过,楼座是不大容易坐得到的,除非当地的官、绅,别人是不大坐得到的。既不卖票,那怕你就有钱,也没有办法。

Just building the stage alone took three to five days.

zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
三五
sān wǔ — 1. several 2. three or five
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)

只搭戏台,就搭三五天。

The moment the frame of the stage was raised, the people of the city would say:

台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jià — 1. to support 2. frame 3. rack 4. framework 5. classifier for planes, large vehicles, radios etc (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
豎起
shù qǐ — 1. to erect (a tent etc) 2. to prick up (one's ears) 3. to raise (one's eyebrows) 4. to stick up (one's thumb) 5. to turn up (one's collar) 6. (of a bird) to puff up (one's feathers)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

台子的架一竖起来,城里的人就说:

。」"The opera stage has had its frame raised."

xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
豎起
shù qǐ — 1. to erect (a tent etc) 2. to prick up (one's ears) 3. to raise (one's eyebrows) 4. to stick up (one's thumb) 5. to turn up (one's collar) 6. (of a bird) to puff up (one's feathers)
架子
jià zi — 1. shelf 2. frame 3. stand 4. framework 5. airs 6. arrogance (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

「戏台竖起架子来了。」

Once the awning went up, people would say:

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
péng — 1. shed 2. canopy 3. shack
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

一上了棚,人就说:

。」"The opera stage has been roofed."

xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台上
tái shàng — on stage (HSK 4)
péng — 1. shed 2. canopy 3. shack
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

「戏台上棚了。」

Once the stage was finished, the viewing platforms would be built — one row along the left side of the stage, one row along the right, so that the two rows stood parallel and facing each other.Once built, they would stretch out for over a dozen zhang.

xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
順著
shùn zhe — 1. to follow 2. following 3. along (HSK 7-9)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
左邊
zuǒ bian — 1. left 2. the left side 3. to the left of (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
一排
yī pái — row
右邊
yòu bian — 1. right side 2. right, to the right (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
一排
yī pái — row
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
pái — 1. to arrange in order; to line up 2. to exclude; to eliminate; to repel; to expel; to discharge 3. (literary) to push aside; to force open 4. to rehearse 5. row; line 6. platoon 7. (bound form) steak; chop 8. (bound form) raft 9. classifier for rows or lines (of people or things) (HSK 2)
平行
píng xíng — 1. parallel (in a spatial or geometric sense, or figuratively) 2. on an equal footing; on the same level 3. simultaneous; concurrent
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
相對
xiāng duì — 1. relatively 2. opposite 3. to resist 4. to oppose 5. relative 6. vis-a-vis 7. counterpart (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
十幾
shí jǐ — more than ten; a dozen or more
zhàng — 1. measure of length, ten Chinese feet (3.3 m) 2. to measure 3. husband 4. polite appellation for an older male
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

戏台搭完了就搭看台,看台是顺著戏台的左边搭一排,右边搭一排,所以是两排平行而相对的。一搭要搭出十几丈远去。

Just as the stage was about to be finished, at this time, those fetching relatives fetched their relatives, and those summoning friends summoned their friends.

眼看
yǎn kàn — 1. soon 2. in a moment 3. to look on as sth happens (HSK 6)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
親戚
qīn qi — 1. a relative (i.e. family relation) 2. classifier: 門 (mén), 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
親戚
qīn qi — 1. a relative (i.e. family relation) 2. classifier: 門 (mén), 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 7-9)
huàn — to call
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
huàn — to call
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)

眼看台子就要搭好了,这时候,接亲戚的接亲戚,唤朋友的唤朋友。

For instance, a married daughter who had come back to stay at her mother's home — when the time came for her to leave (to return to her husband's family), her mother would see her off to the gate, waving her hand and saying:

比方
bǐ fang — 1. analogy; illustrative example 2. for instance (HSK 5)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
娘家
niáng jiā — wife's family (before marriage)
臨走
lín zǒu — 1. before leaving 2. on departure
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
婆家
pó jiā — husband's family (traditionally where the wife moves into)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
大門
Dà mén — the Doors, US rock band (HSK 2)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
bǎi — 1. to arrange 2. to exhibit 3. to move to and fro 4. a pendulum (HSK 4)
著手
zhuó shǒu — 1. to put one's hand to it 2. to start out on a task 3. to set out (HSK 7-9)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

比方嫁了的女儿,回来住娘家,临走(回婆家)的时候,做母亲的送到大门外,摆著手还说:

。」"When the opera is sung in autumn, I'll have you brought back again to see it."

秋天
qiū tiān — 1. autumn 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
唱戲
chàng xì — to perform in opera
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)

「秋天唱戏的时候,再接你来看戏。」

As the daughter's cart grew distant, the mother, eyes brimming with tears, would still say:

Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
車子
chē zi — car or other vehicle (bicycle, truck etc)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
hán — 1. to keep in the mouth 2. to contain (HSK 4)
著眼
zhuó yǎn — 1. to have one's eyes on (a goal) 2. having sth in mind 3. to concentrate (HSK 7-9)
lèi — (bound form) tears; teardrops (HSK 4)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

坐著女儿的车子远了,母亲含著眼泪还说:

。」"When it's time for the opera, I'll have you brought home."

看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)

「看戏的时候接你回来。」

So once the time for the opera arrived, it was by no means simply a matter of watching a play — it was fetching daughters and summoning sons-in-law, and it grew very lively indeed.

所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
唱戲
chàng xì — to perform in opera
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
簡單
jiǎn dān — simple; not complicated (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
而是
ér shì — rather (HSK 4)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
huàn — to call
女婿
nǚ xu — daughter's husband; son-in-law (HSK 7-9)
熱鬧
rè nao — 1. bustling with noise and excitement 2. lively (HSK 4)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very

所以一到了唱戏的时候,可并不是简单的看戏,而是接姑娘唤女婿,热闹得很。

When the daughter of the family to the east had grown up, and the son of the family to the west had also come of age to marry, the matchmakers at this time would come calling at the door.The parents of the two families would arrange to meet beneath the opera stage, on the first day or the second, to look each other over.」,There were also cases where only the man's family was notified, and not the woman's family — this was called "stealing a look"; with this kind of viewing, whether it came to anything or not made no difference, it was rather more free and easy, since the girl's family knew nothing of it anyway.

東家
dōng jiā — 1. master (i.e. employer) 2. landlord 3. boss
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
長大
zhǎng dà — to grow up (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
男孩子
nán hái zi — boy
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
成親
chéng qīn — to get married
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
說媒
shuō méi — to act as a matchmaker
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
上門
shàng mén — 1. to drop in 2. to visit 3. to lock a door 4. (of a shop) to close 5. to go and live with one's wife's family, in effect becoming a member of her family (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
約定
yuē dìng — 1. to agree on sth (after discussion) 2. to conclude a bargain 3. to arrange 4. to promise 5. to stipulate 6. to make an appointment 7. stipulated (time, amount, quality etc) 8. an arrangement 9. a deal 10. appointment 11. undertaking 12. commitment 13. understanding 14. engagement 15. stipulation (HSK 6)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
父母
fù mǔ — father and mother; parents (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
第一
dì yī — 1. first 2. most important; primary; foremost
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
第二天
dì èr tiān — 1. next day 2. the morrow
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
相看
xiāng kàn — 1. to look at one another 2. to take a good look at 3. to look upon
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
通知
tōng zhī — 1. to notify 2. to inform 3. notice 4. notification 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
男家
nán jiā — man's family (in marriage)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
不通
bù tōng — 1. to be obstructed 2. to be blocked up 3. to be impassable 4. to make no sense 5. to be illogical (HSK 6)
zhī — 1. to know 2. to be aware
女家
nǚ jiā — bride's family (in marriage)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
叫做
jiào zuò — to be called; to be known as
偷看
tōu kàn — 1. to peep 2. to peek 3. to steal a glance (HSK 7-9)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
看法
kàn fǎ — 1. way of looking at a thing 2. view 3. opinion 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
不成
bù chéng — 1. won't do 2. unable to 3. (at the end of a rhetorical question) can that be? (HSK 6)
沒有關係
méi yǒu guān xi — see 沒關係 (méi guān xi)
比較
bǐ jiào — 1. to compare 2. to contrast 3. comparatively 4. relatively 5. quite 6. comparison (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
自由
zì yóu — 1. freedom; liberty 2. free; unrestricted (HSK 2)
反正
fǎn zhèng — 1. anyway 2. in any case 3. to come over from the enemy's side (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)

东家的女儿长大了,西家的男孩子也该成亲了,说媒的这个时候,就走上门来。约定两家的父母在戏台底下,第一天或是第二天,彼此相看。也有只通知男家而不通知女家的,这叫做「偷看」,这样的看法,成与不成,没有关系,比较的自由,反正那家的姑娘也不知道。

And so the girls who went to watch the opera were, every one of them, dressed up beautifully.They all wore new clothes, dabbed on rouge and powder, and had their bangs trimmed evenly straight across.Their braids were combed without a single strand out of place, tied off with red at the roots and green at the tips.Some were tied with peach-pink, and some with duck-egg blue.When they walked they moved like guests, and when they nibbled melon seeds they did so with heads unturned and eyes unswerving, gentle and refined — every one transformed into a young lady of good family.Some wore long gowns of duck-egg blue cloth, some wore lotus-root pink, and some wore silver-gray.Some even had the edges of their garments trimmed with piping — some duck-egg blue gowns trimmed in black, some peach-pink gauze gowns trimmed in blue — and on their feet they wore blue satin shoes, or black satin shoes embroidered with flowers.

所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
個個
gè gè — each one individually; each and every
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
打扮
dǎ ban — 1. to decorate 2. to dress 3. to make up 4. to adorn 5. manner of dressing 6. style of dress (HSK 5)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
漂亮
piào liang — pretty; beautiful (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
cā — 1. to rub; to scratch 2. to wipe; to polish 3. to apply (lipstick, lotion etc) 4. to brush (past) 5. to shred (a vegetable etc) (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
胭脂
yān zhī — rouge
tú — 1. to apply (paint etc) 2. to smear 3. to daub 4. to blot out 5. to scribble 6. to scrawl 7. (literary) mud 8. street (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
fěn — 1. powder 2. cosmetic face powder 3. food prepared from starch; noodles or pasta made from any kind of flour 4. to turn to powder 5. (dialect) to whitewash 6. white 7. pink 8. (suffix) fan (abbr. for 粉絲 (fěn sī)) 9. to be a fan of (HSK 7-9)
劉海
liú hǎi — 1. bangs 2. fringe (hair)
Jiǎn — surname Jian (HSK 5)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
並排
bìng pái — 1. side by side 2. abreast
Qí — 1. (name of states and dynasties at several different periods) 2. surname Qi (HSK 3)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
biàn — 1. a braid or queue 2. to plait
shū — 1. to comb 2. (bound form) a comb (HSK 7-9)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
sī — 1. silk 2. thread-like thing; (cuisine) shreds or julienne strips 3. classifier: a trace (of smoke etc), a tiny bit etc (HSK 7-9)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
luàn — 1. in confusion or disorder 2. in a confused state of mind 3. disorder 4. upheaval 5. riot 6. illicit sexual relations 7. to throw into disorder 8. to mix up 9. indiscriminate 10. random 11. arbitrary (HSK 3)
zā — 1. to tie 2. to bind 3. classifier for flowers, banknotes etc: bundle 4. Taiwan pr. (zhá) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
biàn — 1. a braid or queue 2. to plait
gēn — 1. root 2. basis 3. classifier for long slender objects, e.g. cigarettes, guitar strings 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 5. radical (chemistry) (HSK 4)
lù — used in names (HSK 2)
biàn — 1. a braid or queue 2. to plait
shāo — tip of branch
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
zā — 1. to tie 2. to bind 3. classifier for flowers, banknotes etc: bundle 4. Taiwan pr. (zhá) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
zā — 1. to tie 2. to bind 3. classifier for flowers, banknotes etc: bundle 4. Taiwan pr. (zhá) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Dàn — variant of 蜑 (Dàn) (HSK 2)
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
客人
kè rén — 1. visitor 2. guest 3. customer 4. client 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 2)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
瓜子
guā zǐ — 1. melon seed 2. seeds of pumpkin, watermelon or sunflower etc, roasted and flavored, consumed as a snack (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
wāi — 1. askew 2. at a crooked angle 3. devious 4. noxious 5. (coll.) to lie on one's side (HSK 7-9)
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
xié — 1. inclined 2. slanting 3. oblique 4. tilting (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
溫文爾雅
wēn wén ěr yǎ — cultured and refined (idiom); gentle and cultivated
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
變成
biàn chéng — 1. to change into 2. to turn into 3. to become (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
大家閨秀
dà jiā guī xiù — 1. girl from a wealthy family 2. unmarried daughter of a noble house
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Dàn — variant of 蜑 (Dàn) (HSK 2)
青色
qīng sè — 1. cyan 2. blue-green
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
長衫
cháng shān — 1. long gown 2. cheongsam 3. traditional Asian dress for men or (in Hong Kong) women's qipao
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
ǒu — root of lotus
Hé — Holland; the Netherlands (abbr. for 荷蘭 (Hé lán))
sè — 1. color 2. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) 3. look 4. appearance 5. sex (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
yín — 1. silver 2. silver-colored 3. relating to money or currency (HSK 3)
huī — 1. ash 2. dust 3. lime 4. gray 5. discouraged; dejected (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
衣服
yī fu — 1. clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 套 (tào) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
Dàn — variant of 蜑 (Dàn) (HSK 2)
青色
qīng sè — 1. cyan 2. blue-green
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
yáng — 1. ocean 2. vast 3. foreign 4. silver dollar or coin (HSK 6)
shā — 1. cotton yarn 2. muslin (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
jiǎo — 1. foot 2. leg (of an animal or an object) 3. base (of an object) 4. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) 5. classifier for kicks (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
duàn — satin
xié — 1. shoe 2. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
duàn — satin
繡花鞋
xiù huā xié — embroidered shoes

所以看戏去的姑娘,个个都打扮得漂亮。都穿了新衣裳,擦了胭脂涂了粉,刘海剪得并排齐。头辫梳得一丝不乱,扎了红辫根,绿辫梢。也有扎了水红的,也有扎了蛋青的。走起路来像客人,吃起瓜子来,头不歪眼不斜的,温文尔雅,都变成了大家闺秀。有的著蛋青色布长衫,有的穿了藕荷色的,有的银灰的。有的还把衣服的边上压了条,有的蛋青色的衣裳压了黑条,有的水红洋纱的衣裳压了蓝条,脚上穿了蓝缎鞋,或是黑缎绣花鞋。

On the shoes some were embroidered with butterflies, some with dragonflies, some with lotus blossoms, some with peonies — every kind there was.

xié — 1. shoe 2. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
xiù — to embroider; embroidery (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
蝴蝶
hú dié — 1. butterfly 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
xiù — to embroider; embroidery (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
蜻蜓
qīng tíng — dragonfly
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
xiù — to embroider; embroidery (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
蓮花
lián huā — 1. lotus flower (Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn, among others) 2. water-lily
xiù — to embroider; embroidery (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
牡丹
Mǔ dan — see 牡丹區 (Mǔ dan Qū) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
各樣
gè yàng — many different types
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)

鞋上有的绣著蝴蝶,有的绣著蜻蜓,有的绣著莲花,绣著牡丹的,各样的都有。

In their hands they carried flowered handkerchiefs.」。In their ears they wore long dangling earrings, known locally as "tasseled pendants."These tasseled pendants came in two kinds — one was of gold and jade;the other was of copper and colored glass.Those with a bit more money wore the gold ones; those slightly less well-off wore the glass ones.In any case they all looked lovely, swaying to and fro upon the ears.A hazy yellow, a deep shimmering green.Add to that faces full of composed, modest smiles, and one truly could not tell whose fine young ladies these all were.

手裡
shǒu lǐ — 1. in hand 2. (a situation is) in sb's hands (HSK 4)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
著花
zháo huā — 1. to blossom 2. to come to flower 3. to be in bloom
手巾
shǒu jīn — 1. hand towel 2. handkerchief
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
鉗子
qián zi — 1. pliers 2. pincers 3. tongs 4. forceps 5. vise 6. clamp 7. claw (of a crab etc) 8. classifier: 把 (bǎ) 9. (dialect) earring (HSK 7-9)
Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)
名叫
míng jiào — 1. called 2. named
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
Suì — abbr. for Guangzhou 廣州 (Guǎng zhōu)
鉗子
qián zi — 1. pliers 2. pincers 3. tongs 4. forceps 5. vise 6. clamp 7. claw (of a crab etc) 8. classifier: 把 (bǎ) 9. (dialect) earring (HSK 7-9)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
Suì — abbr. for Guangzhou 廣州 (Guǎng zhōu)
鉗子
qián zi — 1. pliers 2. pincers 3. tongs 4. forceps 5. vise 6. clamp 7. claw (of a crab etc) 8. classifier: 把 (bǎ) 9. (dialect) earring (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
zhǒng — 1. seed 2. species 3. kind 4. type 5. classifier for types, kinds, sorts (HSK 3)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cuì — 1. bluish-green 2. green jade
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. copper (chemistry) 2. see also 紅銅 (hóng tóng) 3. classifier: 塊 (kuài) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
琉璃
liú li — 1. colored glaze used in traditional Chinese architecture 2. colored or clear glass art object
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
有錢
yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
差一點
chà yī diǎn — see 差點 (chà diǎn)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
琉璃
liú li — 1. colored glaze used in traditional Chinese architecture 2. colored or clear glass art object
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
反正
fǎn zhèng — 1. anyway 2. in any case 3. to come over from the enemy's side (HSK 3)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
好看
hǎo kàn — 1. good-looking; nice-looking 2. (of a movie, book, TV show etc) good 3. in an embarrassing situation (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
huǎng — 1. to dazzle 2. to flash past (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
忽忽
hū hū — 1. fleeting (of quick passage time) 2. in a flash 3. distracted manner 4. vacantly 5. frustratedly
lù — used in names (HSK 2)
森森
sēn sēn — 1. dense (of trees) 2. thick 3. ghastly 4. eerie
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
加上
jiā shàng — 1. plus 2. to put in 3. to add 4. to add on 5. to add into 6. in addition 7. on top of that (HSK 5)
滿臉
mǎn liǎn — across one's whole face
矜持
jīn chí — 1. reserved 2. aloof
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
微笑
wēi xiào — 1. smile 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 絲 (sī) 3. to smile (HSK 4)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
閨秀
guī xiù — well-bred young lady

手里边拿著花手巾。耳朵上戴了长钳子,土名叫做「带穗钳子」。这带穗钳子有两种,一种是金的,翠的;一种是铜的,琉璃的。有钱一点的戴金的,少微差一点的带琉璃的。反正都很好看,在耳朵上摇来晃去。黄忽忽,绿森森的。再加上满脸矜持的微笑,真不知这都是谁家的闺秀。

Those women who were already married likewise dressed themselves up in the same way, and beneath the opera stage, sisters and neighbors from east and west would meet one another and delight in appraising each other.

那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
婦女
fù nǚ — woman (HSK 6)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
照樣
zhào yàng — 1. as before 2. (same) as usual 3. in the same manner 4. still 5. nevertheless (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
打扮
dǎ ban — 1. to decorate 2. to dress 3. to make up 4. to adorn 5. manner of dressing 6. style of dress (HSK 5)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台下
tái xià — 1. off the stage 2. in the audience
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
lín — 1. neighbor 2. adjacent 3. close to
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
Shè — surname She
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
姊妹
zǐ mèi — 1. (older and younger) sisters 2. sister (school, city etc)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
相遇
xiāng yù — 1. to meet 2. to encounter 3. to come across (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
互相
hù xiāng — 1. each other 2. mutually 3. mutual (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
品評
pǐn píng — 1. to judge 2. to assess

那些已嫁的妇女,也是照样的打扮起来,在戏台下边,东邻西舍的姊妹们相遇了,好互相的品评。

Whose looks were the most handsome, whose temple-hair was the blackest.Whose bracelet was the newest style from the Futai Silver Shop, whose hairpin was the most delicately and finely made.Whose pair of dark purple satin shoes was truly the most exquisitely embroidered.

shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
模樣
mú yàng — 1. look 2. style 3. appearance 4. approximation 5. about 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. also pr. (mó yàng) (HSK 5)
jùn — 1. smart 2. eminent 3. handsome 4. talented (HSK 7-9)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
鬢角
bìn jiǎo — 1. sideburns 2. temples 3. hair on the temples
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
手鐲
shǒu zhuó — bracelet
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Fú — 1. surname Fu 2. abbr. for Fujian province 福建省 (Fú jiàn Shěng) (HSK 3)
Tài — 1. Mt Tai 泰山 (Tài Shān) in Shandong 2. abbr. for Thailand
銀樓
yín lóu — 1. silverware store 2. jewelry center
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
花樣
huā yàng — 1. pattern 2. way of doing sth 3. trick 4. ruse 5. fancy-style (as in 花樣滑冰 (huā yàng huá bīng) figure skating) (HSK 7-9)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
zān — hairpin
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
小巧
xiǎo qiǎo — 1. small and exquisite 2. delicate 3. fine (features) 4. compact 5. nifty
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
玲瓏
líng lóng — 1. (onom.) clink of jewels 2. exquisite 3. detailed and fine 4. clever 5. nimble
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
絳紫
jiàng zǐ — dark reddish purple
duàn — satin
xié — 1. shoe 2. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
xiù — to embroider; embroidery (HSK 7-9)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
漂亮
piào liang — pretty; beautiful (HSK 2)

谁的模样俊,谁的鬓角黑。谁的手镯是福泰银楼的新花样,谁的压头簪又小巧又玲珑。谁的一双绛紫缎鞋,真是绣得漂亮。

The old women, though they wore nothing in the way of colored clothing, were each and every one neat and tidy, every one trim and proper, long pipes in hand, large flat hairpins tucked at the crown of the head.Kindly and gentle, calm and composed.

老太太
lǎo tài tai — 1. elderly lady (respectful) 2. esteemed mother 3. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 3)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
顏色
yán sè — 1. color 2. countenance 3. appearance 4. facial expression 5. pigment 6. dyestuff (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
個個
gè gè — each one individually; each and every
整齊
zhěng qí — 1. orderly 2. neat 3. even 4. tidy (HSK 3)
人人
rén rén — 1. everyone 2. every person
利落
lì luo — 1. agile 2. nimble 3. all settled 4. in order
手拿
shǒu ná — to hold in one's hand
長煙
cháng yān — endless mist
dài — 1. pouch 2. bag 3. sack 4. pocket (HSK 4)
頭上
tóu shàng — 1. overhead 2. above
piē — 1. to cast away 2. to fling aside (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
Piān — surname Pian (HSK 6)
Fāng — surname Fang (HSK 4)
慈祥
cí xiáng — 1. kindly 2. benevolent (often of older person) (HSK 7-9)
溫靜
wēn jìng — quiet and gentle

老太太虽然不穿什么带颜色的衣裳,但也个个整齐,人人利落,手拿长烟袋,头上撇著大扁方。慈祥,温静。

Before the opera had even begun, the city of Hulan had already grown tremendously lively — fetching daughters, summoning sons-in-law — and there was a fine children's rhyme about it:

xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
呼蘭
Hū lán — see 呼蘭區 (Hū lán Qū)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
熱鬧
rè nao — 1. bustling with noise and excitement 2. lively (HSK 4)
不得了
bù dé liǎo — 1. desperately serious 2. disastrous 3. extremely 4. exceedingly (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
huàn — to call
女婿
nǚ xu — daughter's husband; son-in-law (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
童謠
tóng yáo — nursery rhyme

戏还没有开台,呼兰河城就热闹不得了了,接姑娘的,唤女婿的,有一个很好的童谣:

"Pull the big saw, draw the big saw, at Grandfather's (maternal grandfather's) gate they're singing a great opera.。……」Fetch the daughter, summon the son-in-law, the little grandson wants to go too.…"

lā — 1. to pull 2. to play (a bowed instrument) 3. to drag 4. to draw 5. to chat 6. (coll.) to empty one's bowels (HSK 2)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
jū — variant of 鋦 (jū) (HSK 7-9)
chě — 1. to pull 2. to tear 3. (of cloth, thread etc) to buy 4. to chat 5. to gossip 6. (coll.) (Tw) ridiculous 7. hokey (HSK 7-9)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
jū — variant of 鋦 (jū) (HSK 7-9)
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
外公
wài gōng — 1. (coll.) mother's father 2. maternal grandfather (HSK 7-9)
門口
mén kǒu — 1. doorway 2. gate 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
huàn — to call
女婿
nǚ xu — daughter's husband; son-in-law (HSK 7-9)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
外孫
wài sūn — 1. daughter's son 2. grandson 3. descendant via the female line
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

「拉大锯,扯大锯,老爷(外公)门口唱大戏。接姑娘,唤女婿,小外孙也要去。……」

And so it was not only the little grandsons — third aunts and second aunts all gathered together as well.

於是乎
yú shì hū — therefore
不但
bù dàn — not only (... but also ...) (HSK 2)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
外甥
wài shēng — 1. sister's son 2. wife's sibling's son
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
yí — 1. mother's sister 2. aunt (HSK 7-9)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
gū — 1. paternal aunt 2. husband's sister 3. husband's mother (old) 4. nun 5. for the time being (literary)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
jù — 1. to assemble; to gather (transitive or intransitive) 2. (chemistry) poly- (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一起
yī qǐ — 1. (in) the same place 2. together; in company (with) 3. altogether; in total 4. an instance of; a case of (murder, accident, dispute etc) (HSK 1)

于是乎不但小外甥,三姨二姑也都聚在了一起。

So it was in every household — chickens were killed, wine was bought, laughter and talk greeted guests at the door, everyone chatting of family matters and telling amusing tales, staying up every night until the third watch, no telling how much lamp oil was spent.

měi — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
如此
rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
笑語
xiào yǔ — 1. talking and laughing 2. cheerful talk
yíng — 1. to welcome; to meet 2. to forge ahead (esp. in the face of difficulties); to meet face to face (HSK 7-9)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
Tán — surname Tan (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
家常
jiā cháng — the daily life of a family
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
趣事
qù shì — 1. entertaining anecdote 2. interesting story or incident
每夜
měi yè — nightly
bì — 1. certainly 2. must 3. will 4. necessarily (HSK 5)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
三更
sān gēng — 1. third of the five night watch periods 23:00-01:00 (old) 2. midnight 3. also pr. (sān jīn)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
yóu — 1. oil 2. fat 3. grease 4. petroleum 5. to apply tung oil, paint or varnish 6. oily 7. greasy 8. glib 9. cunning (HSK 2)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
浪費
làng fèi — 1. to waste 2. to squander (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
多少
duō shǎo — 1. number; amount 2. somewhat (HSK 1)

每家如此,杀鸡买酒,笑语迎门,彼此谈著家常,说著趣事,每夜必到三更,灯油不知浪费了多少。

In such-and-such a village, a mother-in-law was mistreating her daughter-in-law.In such-and-such a family, the father-in-law got drunk and made a scene.And someone's daughter had married off only just over a year before and had already given birth to twins.And someone's son, at thirteen, had already been betrothed to an eighteen-year-old girl as his wife.

mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)
cūn — 1. village 2. (dialect) to scold 3. rustic; boorish (HSK 3)
mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)
cūn — 1. village 2. (dialect) to scold 3. rustic; boorish (HSK 3)
婆婆
pó po — 1. husband's mother 2. mother-in-law 3. grandma
虐待
nüè dài — 1. to mistreat 2. to maltreat 3. to abuse 4. mistreatment 5. maltreatment (HSK 7-9)
媳婦
xí fù — 1. daughter-in-law 2. wife of a younger brother or relative of the younger generation (HSK 7-9)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
公公
gōng gong — 1. husband's father; father-in-law 2. grandpa; grandad 3. (old) form of address for a eunuch
hē — 1. to drink 2. variant of 嗬 (hē) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Shuǎ — surname Shua (HSK 7-9)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
fēng — 1. insane 2. mad 3. wild (HSK 5)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
出嫁
chū jià — to get married (of woman)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
gāng — 1. (literary) hard; firm; strong 2. exactly; precisely 3. barely; only just 4. just; only a short while ago (HSK 2)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一對
yī duì — couple; pair
雙生
shuāng shēng — 1. twin (attributive) 2. twins
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
兒子
ér zi — son (HSK 1)
十三
shí sān — 1. thirteen 2. 13
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dìng — 1. to fix; to set; to make definite 2. to subscribe to (a newspaper etc); to book (tickets etc); to order (goods etc) 3. to congeal; to coagulate 4. (literary) definitely (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
十八
shí bā — 1. eighteen 2. 18
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
妻子
qī zǐ — wife and children (HSK 4)

某村某村,婆婆虐待媳妇。那家那家的公公喝了酒就耍酒疯。又是谁家的姑娘出嫁了刚过一年就生了一对双生。又是谁的儿子十三岁就定了一家十八岁的姑娘做妻子。

By candlelight and lamplight, they would talk on for half the night, and it was truly warm and full of intimacy.

燭火
zhú huǒ — candle flame
燈光
dēng guāng — 1. (stage) lighting 2. light (HSK 4)
之下
zhī xià — 1. under 2. beneath 3. less than (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Tán — surname Tan (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
半夜
bàn yè — 1. midnight 2. in the middle of the night (HSK 2)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
溫暖
wēn nuǎn — warm (HSK 3)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
親切
qīn qiè — 1. amiable 2. cordial 3. close and dear 4. familiar (HSK 3)

烛火灯光之下,一谈了个半夜,真是非常的温暖而亲切。

If a family had several daughters, and all of these daughters had married out, there were cases where own sisters could not meet each other for two or three years.Ordinarily one lived to the east, another to the west.If it was not a river standing between them, then it was a mountain, and moreover each had a whole brood of children and her own household duties to see to, so that visiting one another was simply out of the question.

一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
出嫁
chū jià — to get married (of woman)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
姊妹
zǐ mèi — 1. (older and younger) sisters 2. sister (school, city etc)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
相遇
xiāng yù — 1. to meet 2. to encounter 3. to come across (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
平常
píng cháng — 1. ordinary 2. common 3. usually 4. ordinarily (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
隔水
gé shuǐ — (old) (of a half-sibling) having the same father but different mother
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
每人
měi rén — 1. each person 2. everybody 3. per person
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
qún — 1. group 2. crowd 3. flock, herd, pack etc (HSK 3)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
各自
gè zì — 1. each 2. respective 3. apiece (HSK 3)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
家務
jiā wù — 1. household duties 2. housework (HSK 4)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
fǎng — 1. (bound form) to seek by inquiry 2. (bound form) to visit; to call on
那是
nà shi — 1. (coll.) of course 2. naturally 3. indeed
不可能
bù kě néng — impossible; cannot
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)

一家若有几个女儿,这几个女儿都出嫁了,亲姊妹,两三年不能相遇的也有。平常是一个住东,一个住西。不是隔水的就是离山,而且每人有一大群孩子,也各自有自己的家务,若想彼此过访,那是不可能的事情。

But if the mother managed to bring several daughters home all at the same time, then their reunion truly felt as though thirty years had passed between them.Meeting face to face, they truly did not know where to begin, bashful and abashed, wanting to speak yet holding back, and no sooner did one open her mouth than she felt embarrassed again; after a moment both their ears and faces would flush hot, and so they would fall silent facing each other, hearts full of both joy and sorrow at once.After about the time it takes to smoke a pipe, once that surge of blood had subsided, and each had escaped that dazed, dreamlike state, only then would they cast about for a few unrelated words to break the ice with;──or perhaps —

若是
ruò shì — if
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
同時
tóng shí — at the same time; simultaneously (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
相遇
xiāng yù — 1. to meet 2. to encounter 3. to come across (HSK 7-9)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
彷彿
fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
gé — 1. to separate 2. to partition 3. to stand or lie between 4. at a distance from 5. after or at an interval of (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
相見
xiāng jiàn — 1. to see each other 2. to meet in person
之下
zhī xià — 1. under 2. beneath 3. less than (HSK 5)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
從何
cóng hé — 1. whence? 2. where from?
說起
shuō qǐ — 1. to mention 2. to bring up (a subject) 3. with regard to 4. as for
xiū — 1. shy 2. ashamed 3. shame 4. bashful 5. variant of 饈 (xiū) 6. delicacies
羞慚
xiū cán — 1. a disgrace 2. ashamed
cán — ashamed
欲言又止
yù yán yòu zhǐ — to want to say sth but then hesitate
剛一
gāng yī — 1. to be just about to 2. to have just started to
開口
kāi kǒu — 1. to open one's mouth 2. to start to talk (HSK 7-9)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
不好意思
bù hǎo yì si — 1. to feel embarrassed 2. to find it embarrassing 3. to be sorry (for inconveniencing sb) (HSK 2)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kè — 1. quarter (hour) 2. moment 3. to carve 4. to engrave 5. to cut 6. oppressive 7. classifier for short time intervals (HSK 2)
工夫
gōng fū — (old) laborer (HSK 3)
ěr — 1. ear 2. handle (archaeology) 3. and that is all (Classical Chinese)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
發起
fā qǐ — 1. to originate 2. to initiate 3. to launch (an attack, an initiative etc) 4. to start 5. to propose sth (for the first time) (HSK 6)
shāo — 1. to burn; to set on fire 2. to heat (over a fire); to boil (water, tea etc) 3. to braise 4. to cook; to prepare food 5. to run a fever 6. fever 7. (coll.) to become full of oneself; to get carried away (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
相對
xiāng duì — 1. relatively 2. opposite 3. to resist 4. to oppose 5. relative 6. vis-a-vis 7. counterpart (HSK 7-9)
無語
wú yǔ — 1. to remain silent 2. to have nothing to say 3. (coll.) speechless 4. dumbfounded
心中
xīn zhōng — 1. central point 2. in one's thoughts 3. in one's heart (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
xǐ — 1. to be fond of 2. to like 3. to enjoy 4. to be happy 5. to feel pleased 6. happiness 7. delight 8. glad
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
bēi — 1. sad 2. sadness 3. sorrow 4. grief
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dài — 1. pouch 2. bag 3. sack 4. pocket (HSK 4)
yān — 1. cigarette or pipe tobacco 2. classifier: 根 (gēn) 3. smoke 4. mist 5. vapour 6. classifier: 縷 (lǚ) 7. tobacco plant 8. (of the eyes) to be irritated by smoke (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
工夫
gōng fū — (old) laborer (HSK 3)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
chōng — 1. thoroughfare 2. to go straight ahead 3. to rush 4. to clash (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
血流
xuè liú — blood flow
là — 1. to leave out 2. to be missing 3. to leave behind or forget to bring 4. to lag or fall behind (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
táo — 1. to escape 2. to run away 3. to flee (HSK 5)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
那種
nà zhǒng — that kind of
hūn — 1. muddle-headed 2. twilight 3. to faint 4. to lose consciousness (HSK 6)
hūn — 1. muddle-headed 2. twilight 3. to faint 4. to lose consciousness (HSK 6)
huǎng — 1. (bound form) in a hazy state of mind 2. (bound form) to snap out of that state 3. used in 恍如 (huǎng rú) and 恍若 (huǎng ruò)
huǎng — 1. (bound form) in a hazy state of mind 2. (bound form) to snap out of that state 3. used in 恍如 (huǎng rú) and 恍若 (huǎng ruò)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
境界
jìng jiè — 1. boundary 2. state 3. realm (HSK 7-9)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zhǎo — 1. to try to find 2. to look for 3. to call on sb 4. to find 5. to seek 6. to return 7. to give change (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
不相干
bù xiāng gān — 1. to be irrelevant 2. to have nothing to do with
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
開頭
kāi tóu — 1. beginning 2. to start (HSK 6)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)

若是做母亲的同时把几个女儿都接来了,那她们的相遇,真仿佛已经隔了三十年了。相见之下,真是不知从何说起,羞羞惭惭,欲言又止,刚一开口又觉得不好意思,过了一刻工夫,耳脸都发起烧来,于是相对无语,心中又喜又悲。过了一袋烟的工夫,等那往上冲的血流落了下去,彼此都逃出了那种昏昏恍恍的境界,这才来找几句不相干的话来开头;或是──

?」"When did you get here?"

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
zán — variant of 咱 (zán) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

「你多喒来的?」

or:

或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)

?」"Did you bring the children along?"

孩子們
hái zi men — children
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
帶來
dài lái — 1. to bring 2. (fig.) to bring about; to produce (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

「孩子们都带来了?」

As for the matter of having been apart for several years, not a single word of it would they dare bring up.

關於
guān yú — 1. pertaining to 2. concerning 3. with regard to 4. about 5. a matter of (HSK 4)
別離
bié lí — 1. to take leave of 2. to leave 3. separation
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
幾年
jǐ nián — 1. a few years; several years 2. how many years?
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
dī — used in 提防 (dī fang) and 提溜 (dī liu) (HSK 2)

关于别离了几年的事情,连一个字也不敢提。

On the surface, looking at them, they did not seem like sisters at all — there was not the slightest show of warmth between them.Facing one another, one could not tell what relation the two of them bore to each other; it seemed almost as if they did not even know one another, as if the two of them had never met before, and today were meeting for the very first time — so unusually cool and distant it seemed.

Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
表面上
biǎo miàn shang — outwardly; superficially; on the face of it (HSK 6)
看來
kàn lai — 1. apparently 2. it seems that (HSK 4)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
姊妹
zǐ mèi — 1. (older and younger) sisters 2. sister (school, city etc)
絲毫
sī háo — 1. the slightest amount or degree 2. a bit (HSK 7-9)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
親熱
qīn rè — 1. affectionate; intimate; warmhearted 2. to show affection for 3. (coll.) to get intimate with sb (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
表現
biǎo xiàn — 1. to show 2. to show off 3. to display 4. to manifest 5. expression 6. manifestation 7. show 8. display 9. performance (at work etc) 10. behavior (HSK 3)
面面
miàn miàn — multiple viewpoints
相對
xiāng duì — 1. relatively 2. opposite 3. to resist 4. to oppose 5. relative 6. vis-a-vis 7. counterpart (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
個人
gè rén — an individual; oneself; (attributive) personal; one's own (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
關係
guān xi — 1. relation 2. relationship 3. to concern 4. to affect 5. to have to do with 6. guanxi 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
認識
rèn shi — 1. to know 2. to recognize 3. to be familiar with 4. to get acquainted with sb 5. knowledge 6. understanding 7. awareness 8. cognition (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
認識
rèn shi — 1. to know 2. to recognize 3. to be familiar with 4. to get acquainted with sb 5. knowledge 6. understanding 7. awareness 8. cognition (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
從前
cóng qián — 1. previously 2. formerly 3. once upon a time (HSK 3)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
而今
ér jīn — 1. now 2. at the present (time)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
第一次
dì yī cì — the first time; for the first time
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
相見
xiāng jiàn — 1. to see each other 2. to meet in person
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
異常
yì cháng — 1. unusual; abnormal 2. extremely; exceptionally (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
冷落
lěng luò — 1. desolate 2. unfrequented 3. to treat sb coldly 4. to snub 5. to cold shoulder (HSK 7-9)

从表面上看来,她们并不是像姊妹,丝毫没有亲热的表现。面面相对的,不知道她们两个人是什么关系,似乎连认识也不认识,似乎从前她们两个并没有见过,而今天是第一次的相见,所以异常的冷落。

But this was only the outward appearance; in their hearts, they had already long since come to an understanding.Indeed, as early as ten days or half a month before, their hearts had already begun to stir toward each other from far away — that was, from the moment each of them had received their mother's letter.

但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
外表
wài biǎo — 1. external 2. outside 3. outward appearance (HSK 7-9)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
心裡
xīn li — 1. chest 2. heart; mind (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
早已
zǎo yǐ — 1. for a long time; long since 2. (dialect) in the past (HSK 3)
溝通
gōu tōng — 1. to join; to connect; to link up 2. to communicate (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
甚至於
shèn zhì yú — 1. so much (that) 2. even (to the extent that) (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
半月
bàn yuè — 1. half-moon 2. fortnight
之前
zhī qián — 1. before 2. prior to 3. ago 4. previously 5. beforehand (HSK 4)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
心裡
xīn li — 1. chest 2. heart; mind (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
早已
zǎo yǐ — 1. for a long time; long since 2. (dialect) in the past (HSK 3)
開始
kāi shǐ — 1. to begin 2. beginning 3. to start 4. initial 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
牽動
qiān dòng — 1. to affect 2. to produce a change in sth
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
當著
dāng zhe — 1. in front of 2. in the presence of (HSK 7-9)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
接到
jiē dào — to receive (letter etc) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xìn — 1. letter 2. mail 3. classifier: 封 (fēng) 4. to trust 5. to believe 6. to profess faith in 7. truthful 8. confidence 9. trust 10. at will 11. at random (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)

但是这只是外表,她们的心里,就早已沟通著了。甚至于在十天或半月之前,她们的心里就早已开始很远的牵动起来,那就是当著她们彼此都接到了母亲的信的时候。

That letter had written of inviting them, the sisters, back home to watch the opera.

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
xìn — 1. letter 2. mail 3. classifier: 封 (fēng) 4. to trust 5. to believe 6. to profess faith in 7. truthful 8. confidence 9. trust 10. at will 11. at random (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
迎接
yíng jiē — to welcome; to greet (HSK 3)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
姊妹
zǐ mèi — 1. (older and younger) sisters 2. sister (school, city etc)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

那信上写著迎接她们姊妹回来看戏的。

From that moment on, each had already settled on the gifts she would bring for her elder sister or her younger sister.

Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
那時候
nà shí hou — at that time (HSK 2)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
送給
sòng gěi — 1. to send 2. to give as a present (HSK 2)
姐姐
jiě jie — 1. older sister 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
妹妹
mèi mei — 1. younger sister 2. young woman 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
禮物
lǐ wù — 1. gift; present 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 份 (fèn) (HSK 2)
規定
guī dìng — 1. to stipulate; to specify; to prescribe; to fix (a price); to set (a quota) 2. regulations; rules; provisions; stipulations (HSK 3)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

从那时候起,她们就把要送给姐姐或妹妹的礼物规定好了。

A pair of black velvet cloud-pattern rolled cuffs, made by her own hand.Or perhaps, in her own town or village, there was a well-known dye shop, one that could dye out a very fine hemp-flower cloth.So she would send over two bolts of white cloth, instructing the dyer to dye them carefully and finely.One bolt was white ground dyed with blue flowers, the other blue ground dyed with white flowers.On the blue ground was dyed "Liu Hai playing with the coins," and on the white ground was dyed "butterflies frolicking among lotus blossoms."

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
róng — 1. velvet 2. woolen
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
juǎn — 1. to roll up 2. to sweep up; to carry along 3. a roll 4. classifier for rolls, spools etc (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
親手
qīn shǒu — with one's own hands; personally (HSK 7-9)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
běn — 1. (bound form) root; stem 2. (bound form) origin; source 3. (bound form) one's own; this 4. (bound form) this; the current (year etc) 5. (bound form) original 6. (bound form) inherent 7. originally; initially 8. capital; principal 9. classifier for books, periodicals, files etc (HSK 1)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
本鄉
běn xiāng — 1. home village 2. one's native place
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
出名
chū míng — 1. well-known for sth 2. to become well known 3. to make one's mark 4. to lend one's name (to an event, endeavor etc) (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
gāng — 1. jar 2. vat 3. classifier for loads of laundry 4. classifier: 口 (kǒu) (HSK 7-9)
Fáng — surname Fang
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
gāng — 1. jar 2. vat 3. classifier for loads of laundry 4. classifier: 口 (kǒu) (HSK 7-9)
Fáng — surname Fang
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
麻花
má huā — 1. fried dough twist (crisp snack food made by deep-frying plaited dough) 2. worn out or worn smooth (of clothes)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
pǐ — 1. (bound form) matching; comparable to 2. (bound form) alone; single; one of a pair 3. classifier for horses, mules etc (Taiwan pr. (pī)) 4. classifier for cloth: bolt 5. horsepower (HSK 5)
白布
bái bù — 1. plain white cloth 2. calico
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
囑咐
zhǔ fu — to urge; to exhort (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
好好
hǎo hǎo — well; carefully; nicely; properly (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Jiā — 1. Canada (abbr. for 加拿大 (Jiā ná dà)) 2. surname Jia (HSK 2)
xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pǐ — 1. (bound form) matching; comparable to 2. (bound form) alone; single; one of a pair 3. classifier for horses, mules etc (Taiwan pr. (pī)) 4. classifier for cloth: bolt 5. horsepower (HSK 5)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pǐ — 1. (bound form) matching; comparable to 2. (bound form) alone; single; one of a pair 3. classifier for horses, mules etc (Taiwan pr. (pī)) 4. classifier for cloth: bolt 5. horsepower (HSK 5)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
劉海
liú hǎi — 1. bangs 2. fringe (hair)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
金錢
jīn qián — 1. money 2. currency (HSK 6)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
蝴蝶
hú dié — 1. butterfly 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
蓮花
lián huā — 1. lotus flower (Nelumbo nucifera Gaertn, among others) 2. water-lily

一双黑大绒的云子卷,是亲手做的。或者就在她们的本城和本乡里,有一个出名的染缸房,那染缸房会染出来很好的麻花布来。于是送了两匹白布去,嘱咐他好好的加细的染著。一匹是白地染蓝花,一匹是蓝地染白花。蓝地的染的是刘海戏金钱,白地的染的是蝴蝶闹莲花。

One bolt to be given to the eldest sister, one bolt to the third younger sister.

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pǐ — 1. (bound form) matching; comparable to 2. (bound form) alone; single; one of a pair 3. classifier for horses, mules etc (Taiwan pr. (pī)) 4. classifier for cloth: bolt 5. horsepower (HSK 5)
送給
sòng gěi — 1. to send 2. to give as a present (HSK 2)
大姐
dà jiě — 1. big sister 2. elder sister 3. older sister (also polite term of address for a girl or woman slightly older than the speaker) (HSK 4)
jiě — older sister (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pǐ — 1. (bound form) matching; comparable to 2. (bound form) alone; single; one of a pair 3. classifier for horses, mules etc (Taiwan pr. (pī)) 4. classifier for cloth: bolt 5. horsepower (HSK 5)
送給
sòng gěi — 1. to send 2. to give as a present (HSK 2)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
妹妹
mèi mei — 1. younger sister 2. young woman 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)

一匹送给大姐姐,一匹送给三妹妹。

Now these things were all packed away in her trunk.After a day or two had passed, choosing a moment deep in the night when all was quiet, she would quietly take these things out from the bottom of her own trunk, lay them before her sister, and say:

現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
箱子
xiāng zi — 1. suitcase 2. chest 3. box 4. case 5. trunk 6. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
裡邊
lǐ bian — inside (HSK 1)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xún — 1. to search 2. to look for 3. to seek (HSK 7-9)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
夜深人靜
yè shēn rén jìng — in the dead of night (idiom)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
輕輕
qīng qīng — lightly; softly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiāng — 1. box 2. trunk 3. chest (HSK 4)
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
取出
qǔ chū — 1. to take out 2. to extract 3. to draw out
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
bǎi — 1. to arrange 2. to exhibit 3. to move to and fro 4. a pendulum (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
姐姐
jiě jie — 1. older sister 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
面前
miàn qián — 1. in front of 2. facing 3. (in the) presence (of) (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

现在这东西,就都带在箱子里边。等过了一天二日的,寻个夜深人静的时候,轻轻的从自己的箱底把这等东西取出来,摆在姐姐的面前,说:

!」"Here's this hemp-flower quilt cover — take it back with you!"

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
麻花
má huā — 1. fried dough twist (crisp snack food made by deep-frying plaited dough) 2. worn out or worn smooth (of clothes)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
被面
bèi miàn — quilt
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
帶回
dài huí — to bring back; to take back with one
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

「这麻花布被面,你带回去吧!」

She would say only this much, and by all appearances it hardly seemed like the giving of a gift at all — nothing like people nowadays, who, in giving even the smallest gift, are so afraid the neighbors on either side might not notice, and make a great loud fuss over it, claiming the thing came from some mountain or other, or from some sea, so that even if it were the product of some little creek, they must still elevate the very standing of that little creek, saying how extraordinary the creek was, how utterly unlike any other, quite unlike other creeks at all.

zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
這麼
zhè me — 1. so much 2. this much 3. how much? 4. this way 5. like this (HSK 2)
一句
yī jù — 1. a line of verse 2. a sentence
看樣子
kàn yàng zi — 1. it seems 2. it looks as if (HSK 7-9)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
送禮
sòng lǐ — to give a present (HSK 6)
wù — 1. (bound form) thing 2. (literary) the outside world as distinct from oneself; people other than oneself
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
今人
jīn rén — modern people
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
禮物
lǐ wù — 1. gift; present 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 份 (fèn) (HSK 2)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
鄰居
lín jū — neighbor (HSK 5)
左右
zuǒ yòu — 1. left and right 2. nearby 3. approximately 4. attendant 5. to control 6. to influence (HSK 3)
看不見
kàn bu jiàn — 1. cannot see 2. cannot be seen 3. invisible
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
rǎng — 1. to shout 2. to bellow 3. to make a big deal of sth 4. to make a fuss about sth (HSK 7-9)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
chǎo — 1. to quarrel 2. to make a noise 3. noisy 4. to disturb by making a noise (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Hǎi — surname Hai (HSK 2)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
得來
dé lái — to come by; to obtain through some means
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
小河
xiǎo hé — creek; stream; brook
gōu — 1. ditch 2. gutter 3. groove 4. gully 5. ravine 6. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 5)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
出品
chū pǐn — 1. to produce an item 2. output 3. items that are produced
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
必要
bì yào — 1. necessary 2. essential 3. indispensable 4. required (HSK 3)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
小河
xiǎo hé — creek; stream; brook
gōu — 1. ditch 2. gutter 3. groove 4. gully 5. ravine 6. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 5)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
身分
shēn fèn — variant of 身份 (shēn fèn)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
提高
tí gāo — 1. to raise 2. to increase 3. to improve (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
河溝
hé gōu — 1. brook 2. ditch
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
怎樣
zěn yàng — 1. how 2. what kind (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不凡
bù fán — extraordinary; remarkable; exceptional
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
怎樣
zěn yàng — 1. how 2. what kind (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
與眾不同
yǔ zhòng bù tóng — (idiom) to stand out from the crowd; distinctive; different from the rest (HSK 7-9)
可不
kě bu — see 可不是 (kě bu shì)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
河溝
hé gōu — 1. brook 2. ditch
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-

只说了这么一句,看样子并不像是送礼物,并不像今人似的,送一点礼物很怕邻居左右看不见,是大嚷大吵著的,说这东西是从什么山上,或是什么海里得来的,那怕是小河沟子的出品,也必要连那小河沟子的身分也提高,说河沟子是怎样的不凡,是怎样的与众不同,可不同别的河沟子。

These country folk, muddled and plain as they were, had no way of showing off even if they wished to — they could find nothing to say, and could only hand the thing over and let that be the end of it.

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
鄉下人
xiāng xià rén — 1. country folk 2. rustic 3. rural folk
糊裡糊塗
hú li hú tú — 1. confused 2. vague 3. indistinct 4. muddle-headed 5. mixed up 6. in a daze
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
表現
biǎo xiàn — 1. to show 2. to show off 3. to display 4. to manifest 5. expression 6. manifestation 7. show 8. display 9. performance (at work etc) 10. behavior (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
無法
wú fǎ — unable to; incapable of (HSK 4)
表現
biǎo xiàn — 1. to show 2. to show off 3. to display 4. to manifest 5. expression 6. manifestation 7. show 8. display 9. performance (at work etc) 10. behavior (HSK 3)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
說不出
shuō bu chū — unable to say
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
只能
zhǐ néng — 1. can only 2. obliged to do sth 3. to have no other choice (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
dì — 1. to hand over; to pass on; to deliver 2. (bound form) progressively; in the proper order (HSK 5)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
就算
jiù suàn — (coll.) even if (HSK 6)
了事
liǎo shì — 1. to dispose of a matter 2. to be done with it

这等乡下人,糊里糊涂的,要表现的,无法表现,什么也说不出来,只能把东西递过去就算了事。

As for the one who received the thing, she too would say nothing much — not even a word of thanks — and would simply accept it.Sometimes there would be a little demurring first, and then it too would be accepted.

至於
zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
shòu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to suffer 4. subjected to 5. to bear 6. to stand 7. pleasant 8. (passive marker) 9. (LGBT) bottom (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不會
bù huì — 1. improbable 2. unlikely 3. will not (act, happen etc) 4. not able 5. not having learned to do sth 6. (coll.) (Tw) don't mention it 7. not at all
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
連聲
lián shēng — repeatedly (say something)
道謝
dào xiè — to express thanks
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
收下
shōu xià — 1. to accept 2. to receive
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
稍微
shāo wēi — a little bit (HSK 5)
推辭
tuī cí — to decline (an appointment, invitation etc) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一下
yī xià — 1. (after a verb) a bit; a little (indicating brief duration, or softening the tone, or suggesting giving sth a try) 2. all at once; suddenly
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
收下
shōu xià — 1. to accept 2. to receive
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

至于那受了东西的,也是不会说什么,连声道谢也不说,就收下了。也有的稍微推辞了一下,也就收下了。

!」"Keep it and use it yourself!"

liú — 1. to leave (a message etc) 2. to retain 3. to stay 4. to remain 5. to keep 6. to preserve (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

Of course the one giving the gift would then decline this.Once declined, it would then be accepted after all.

當然
dāng rán — 1. only natural 2. as it should be 3. certainly 4. of course 5. without doubt (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
送禮
sòng lǐ — to give a present (HSK 6)
wù — 1. (bound form) thing 2. (literary) the outside world as distinct from oneself; people other than oneself
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
加以
jiā yǐ — 1. (formal) to apply; to carry out; to take action to (do sth) (used before a disyllabic verb, indicating that the action is directed at sth previously mentioned, e.g. 加以說明 (jiā yǐ shuō míng)); to apply (restrictions etc); to give (support, consideration etc) 2. (literary) moreover; in addition (HSK 5)
拒絕
jù jué — to refuse; to decline; to reject (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
拒絕
jù jué — to refuse; to decline; to reject (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
收下
shōu xià — 1. to accept 2. to receive
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

当然那送礼物的是加以拒绝。一拒绝,也就收下了。

Every daughter who went back to her mother's home to watch the opera brought along, bit by bit, a whole great pile of things.Gifts for her parents, gifts for her brothers and sisters-in-law, gifts for her nieces, gifts for all manner of relatives near and far.Whoever brought the most things — whoever, upon seeing any elder or younger relation, always had something to offer, however small — that was the one whose social courtesies were considered the most thorough and complete.

每個
měi gè — each; every
回娘家
huí niáng jiā — 1. (of a wife) to return to her parental home 2. (fig.) to return to one's old place, job, school etc
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
líng — 1. zero 2. nought 3. zero sign 4. fractional 5. fragmentary 6. odd (of numbers) 7. (placed between two numbers to indicate a smaller quantity followed by a larger one) 8. fraction 9. (in mathematics) remainder (after division) 10. extra 11. to wither and fall 12. to wither (HSK 1)
零碎
líng suì — 1. scattered and fragmentary 2. scraps 3. odds and ends
suì — 1. (transitive or intransitive) to break into pieces; to shatter; to crumble 2. broken; fragmentary; scattered 3. garrulous (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
帶來
dài lái — 1. to bring 2. (fig.) to bring about; to produce (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
大批
dà pī — large quantities of (HSK 6)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
父母
fù mǔ — father and mother; parents (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
兄嫂
xiōng sǎo — elder brother and his wife
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
姪女
zhí nǚ — brother's daughter; niece
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
sòng — 1. to send; to deliver; to transmit 2. to give (as a present) 3. to see (sb) off 4. to accompany; to go along with (HSK 1)
三親六故
sān qīn liù gù — old friends and relatives
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
最多
zuì duō — 1. at most 2. maximum 3. greatest (amount) 4. maximal
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
fán — 1. ordinary 2. commonplace 3. mundane 4. temporal 5. of the material world (as opposed to supernatural or immortal levels) 6. every 7. all 8. whatever 9. altogether 10. gist 11. outline 12. note of Chinese musical scale (HSK 7-9)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
長輩
zhǎng bèi — 1. one's elders 2. older generation (HSK 7-9)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
晚輩
wǎn bèi — 1. the younger generation 2. those who come after
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
多少
duō shǎo — 1. number; amount 2. somewhat (HSK 1)
有點
yǒu diǎn — a little
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
得出
dé chū — to obtain (a result); to arrive at (a conclusion) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人情
rén qíng — 1. human emotions 2. social relationship; friendship 3. favor; a good turn (HSK 7-9)
zuì — 1. (before an adjective or verb) to the highest degree; (the) most ...; -est 2. (after 之 (zhī)) best or most extreme example (e.g. 世界之最 (shì jiè zhī zuì) "the greatest in the world") (HSK 1)
周到
zhōu dào — 1. thoughtful 2. considerate 3. attentive 4. thorough 5. also pr. (zhōu dao) (HSK 7-9)

每个回娘家看戏的姑娘,都零零碎碎的带来一大批东西。送父母的,送兄嫂的,送姪女的,送三亲六故的。带了东西最多的,是凡见了长辈或晚辈都多少有点东西拿得出来,那就是谁的人情最周到。

Matters of this sort, once the open-air opera had finished and the stage had been dismantled, would only then be slowly passed from household to household in gossip.

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
一類
yī lèi — 1. same type 2. category 1 (i.e. class A)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
yě — 1. field 2. plain 3. open space 4. limit 5. boundary 6. rude 7. feral (HSK 6)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
wán — 1. to finish 2. to be over 3. whole 4. complete 5. entire (HSK 2)
chāi — 1. to tear open 2. to tear down 3. to tear apart 4. to open (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
家家戶戶
jiā jiā hù hù — 1. each and every family (idiom) 2. every household (HSK 7-9)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
傳誦
chuán sòng — 1. widely known 2. on everyone's lips

这一类的事情,等野台子唱完,拆了台子的时候,家家户户才慢慢的传诵。

Every daughter returning from her mother's home back to her husband's family likewise carried away a great abundance of things, all of them gifts that people had given her.The things were abundant indeed — not only useful items but food as well: salted meat her mother had packed with her own hands, dried fish her sister had sun-dried with her own hands, a wild goose her brother had shot while hunting in the hills and cured — even now there remained one leg of that goose, and this too would be given to the young girl going home from the opera to take back, to take back for her father-in-law to enjoy with his wine.

每個
měi gè — each; every
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
婆家
pó jiā — husband's family (traditionally where the wife moves into)
回娘家
huí niáng jiā — 1. (of a wife) to return to her parental home 2. (fig.) to return to one's old place, job, school etc
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
帶走
dài zǒu — to carry; to take away
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
豐富
fēng fù — 1. to enrich 2. rich 3. plentiful 4. abundant (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
送給
sòng gěi — 1. to send 2. to give as a present (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
禮品
lǐ pǐn — 1. gift 2. present (HSK 7-9)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
豐富
fēng fù — 1. to enrich 2. rich 3. plentiful 4. abundant (HSK 3)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
不但
bù dàn — not only (... but also ...) (HSK 2)
有用
yǒu yòng — useful (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
吃的
chī de — (coll.) food
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
親手
qīn shǒu — with one's own hands; personally (HSK 7-9)
zhuāng — 1. adornment 2. to adorn 3. dress 4. clothing 5. costume (of an actor in a play) 6. to play a role 7. to pretend 8. to install 9. to fix 10. to wrap (sth in a bag) 11. to load 12. to pack (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
鹹肉
xián ròu — 1. bacon 2. salt-cured meat
姐姐
jiě jie — 1. older sister 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
親手
qīn shǒu — with one's own hands; personally (HSK 7-9)
shài — 1. (of the sun) to shine on 2. to bask in (the sunshine) 3. to dry (clothes, grain etc) in the sun 4. (fig.) to expose and share (one's experiences and thoughts) on the Web (loanword from "share") 5. (coll.) to give the cold shoulder to (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
Yú — surname Yu (HSK 2)
哥哥
gē ge — 1. older brother 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
上山
shàng shān — 1. to climb a hill 2. to go to the mountains 3. (of silkworms) to go up bundles of straw (to spin cocoons) 4. to pass away 5. (of the sun or moon) to rise
打獵
dǎ liè — to go hunting (HSK 7-9)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
yàn — wild goose
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yān — 1. to salt 2. to pickle 3. to cure (meat) 4. to marinate
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
至今
zhì jīn — 1. so far 2. to this day 3. until now (HSK 3)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
yàn — wild goose
大腿
dà tuǐ — thigh
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
小姑
xiǎo gū — 1. father's youngest sister 2. husband's younger sister; sister-in-law
niáng — 1. mother 2. young lady 3. (coll.) effeminate (HSK 7-9)
帶回
dài huí — to bring back; to take back with one
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
帶回
dài huí — to bring back; to take back with one
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
公公
gōng gong — 1. husband's father; father-in-law 2. grandpa; grandad 3. (old) form of address for a eunuch
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

每个从婆家回娘家的姑娘,也都带走很丰富的东西,这些都是人家送给她的礼品。东西丰富得很,不但有用的,也有吃的,母亲亲手装的咸肉,姐姐亲手晒的干鱼,哥哥上山打猎打了一只雁来腌上,至今还有一只雁大腿,这个也给看戏小姑娘带回去,带回去给公公去喝酒吧。

And so, in a great bustle of confusion, on the evening before their departure, everyone was busy without a moment's rest, and the sisters who were about to part did not even have time enough to exchange a few words.Large bundles and small bundles, a whole great heap of them.

於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
Wū — 1. abbr. for country names that begin with 烏 (wū): Ukraine 烏克蘭 (Wū kè lán), Uzbekistan 烏茲別克斯坦 (Wū zī bié kè sī tǎn) etc 2. surname Wu
三八
sān bā — 1. International Women's Day 婦女節 (Fù nǚ jié), 8th March 2. foolish 3. stupid
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
前一天
qián yī tiān — the day before (an event)
晚上
wǎn shang — 1. evening 2. night 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. in the evening (HSK 1)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
máng — 1. busy 2. hurriedly 3. to hurry 4. to rush (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
不休
bù xiū — 1. endlessly 2. ceaselessly
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
分散
fēn sàn — 1. to scatter 2. to disperse 3. to distribute (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
姊妹
zǐ mèi — 1. (older and younger) sisters 2. sister (school, city etc)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. child 2. son
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
工夫
gōng fū — (old) laborer (HSK 3)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
Bāo — surname Bao (HSK 1)
小包
xiǎo bāo — packet
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
duī — 1. to pile up 2. to heap up 3. a mass 4. pile 5. heap 6. stack 7. large amount (HSK 5)

于是乌三八四的,离走的前一天晚上,真是忙了个不休,就要分散的姊妹们连说个话儿的工夫都没有了。大包小包一大堆。

Furthermore, during this time of watching the opera, besides visiting relatives and meeting friends, a great many good matters were also accomplished — namely, whose daughter had become engaged to whose son, with word that next February, or perhaps March, the wedding would be held.The engagement feast had already been eaten, and soon the "minor ceremony" was to be observed — this so-called "minor ceremony" being the legal form of betrothal — and once this procedure had been gone through, the daughter of the eastern family would, in the end, become the daughter-in-law of the western family.

再說
zài shuō — 1. to say again 2. to put off a discussion until later 3. moreover 4. what's more 5. besides (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時間
shí jiān — 1. (concept of) time 2. (duration of) time 3. (point in) time (HSK 1)
除了
chú le — 1. apart from; besides; in addition to (used to exclude, as in 除了他,誰也沒來 (chú le tā, shéi yě méi lái) "apart from him, nobody came", or to include, as in 除了英語,他也會法語 (chú le Yīng yǔ, tā yě huì Fǎ yǔ) "in addition to English, he also knows French") 2. (used to introduce one of two habitual alternatives in the pattern 除了 (chú le) + A + 就是 (jiù shì) + B, "either A or B") (HSK 3)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
親戚
qīn qi — 1. a relative (i.e. family relation) 2. classifier: 門 (mén), 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 7-9)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
成了
chéng le — 1. to be done 2. to be ready 3. that's enough! 4. that will do!
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
好事
hǎo shì — 1. good action, deed, thing or work (also sarcastic, "a fine thing indeed") 2. charity 3. happy occasion 4. Daoist or Buddhist ceremony for the souls of the dead (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
家公
jiā gōng — 1. head of a family 2. (polite) my father 3. (polite) my grandfather 4. your esteemed father
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
訂婚
dìng hūn — to get engaged (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
明年
míng nián — next year (HSK 1)
二月
Èr yuè — 1. February 2. second month (of the lunar year)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
三月
Sān yuè — 1. March 2. third month (of the lunar year)
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
娶親
qǔ qīn — to take a wife
訂婚
dìng hūn — to get engaged (HSK 7-9)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
Lǐ — 1. surname Li 2. abbr. for 禮記 (Lǐ jì), Classic of Rites (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
所謂
suǒ wèi — 1. what is meant by the expression ...; what is referred to as ... 2. (derog.) so-called (HSK 7-9)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
Lǐ — 1. surname Li 2. abbr. for 禮記 (Lǐ jì), Classic of Rites (HSK 5)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
法律
fǎ lǜ — 1. law 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 套 (tào), 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
訂婚
dìng hūn — to get engaged (HSK 7-9)
形式
xíng shì — 1. outer appearance 2. form 3. shape 4. formality 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
一經
yī jīng — 1. as soon as 2. once (an action has been completed) (HSK 7-9)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Pān — surname Pan (HSK 6)
手續
shǒu xù — 1. procedure 2. classifier: 道 (dào), 個 (gè) 3. formalities (HSK 3)
東家
dōng jiā — 1. master (i.e. employer) 2. landlord 3. boss
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
終歸
zhōng guī — in the end; ultimately; after all
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
成了
chéng le — 1. to be done 2. to be ready 3. that's enough! 4. that will do!
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
媳婦
xí fù — 1. daughter-in-law 2. wife of a younger brother or relative of the younger generation (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

再说在这看戏的时间,除了看亲戚,会朋友,还成了许多好事,那就是谁家的女儿和谁家公子订婚了,说是明年二月,或是三月就要娶亲。订婚酒,已经吃过了,眼前就要过「小礼」的,所谓「小礼」就是在法律上的订婚形式,一经过了这番手续,东家的女儿,终归就要成了西家的媳妇了。

There were also cases where both the man's and the woman's families had come from other villages just to watch the opera, and neither the young gentleman of the man's family nor the young lady of the woman's family was even present.It was simply that the parents of the two families, with a matchmaker mediating between them, settled the marriage between themselves.There were also those who, in the midst of drinking and merrymaking, casually promised their own daughter's hand to another family.There were even cases where the son and daughter of the two families had not yet even been born, and already the betrothal had been settled.」。This was called "betrothal before birth" (pointing at the womb to arrange a match).This practice of betrothal before birth occurred, for the most part, only among families of considerable means.

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
男女
nán nǚ — 1. male-female 2. male and female (HSK 4)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
外鄉
wài xiāng — 1. another part of the country 2. some other place
趕來
gǎn lái — to rush over
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
男家
nán jiā — man's family (in marriage)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
公子
gōng zǐ — 1. son of an official 2. son of nobility 3. your son (honorific)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
女家
nǚ jiā — bride's family (in marriage)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小姐
xiǎo jie — 1. young lady 2. miss 3. (slang) prostitute 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
雙親
shuāng qīn — both parents
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
媒人
méi ren — matchmaker
從中
cóng zhōng — from among them; from it (HSK 5)
gòu — 1. to marry 2. to copulate
tōng — 1. to go through 2. to know well 3. (suffix) expert 4. to connect 5. to communicate 6. open 7. to clear 8. classifier for letters, telegrams, phone calls etc (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
親事
qīn shì — 1. marriage 2. classifier: 門 (mén)
給定
gěi dìng — 1. to state in advance 2. preset 3. given
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
作樂
zuò lè — to make merry
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
隨便
suí biàn — 1. as one wishes 2. as one pleases 3. at random 4. negligent 5. casual 6. wanton (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
Xǔ — surname Xu (HSK 7-9)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
男女
nán nǚ — 1. male-female 2. male and female (HSK 4)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
公子
gōng zǐ — 1. son of an official 2. son of nobility 3. your son (honorific)
小姐
xiǎo jie — 1. young lady 2. miss 3. (slang) prostitute 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
生出
shēng chū — 1. to give birth 2. to grow (whiskers etc) 3. to generate 4. to produce
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
給定
gěi dìng — 1. to state in advance 2. preset 3. given
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
叫做
jiào zuò — to be called; to be known as
指腹
zhǐ fù — finger pad
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
指腹
zhǐ fù — finger pad
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
相當
xiāng dāng — 1. equivalent to 2. appropriate 3. considerably 4. to a certain extent 5. fairly 6. quite (HSK 3)
有點
yǒu diǎn — a little
資財
zī cái — 1. assets 2. capital and materials
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)

也有男女两家都是外乡赶来看戏的,男家的公子也并不在,女家的小姐也并不在。只是两家的双亲有媒人从中媾通著,就把亲事给定了。也有的喝酒作乐的随便的把自己的女儿许给了人家。也有的男女两家的公子、小姐都还没有生出来,就给定下亲了。这叫做「指腹为亲」。这指腹为亲的,多半都是相当有点资财的人家才有这样的事。

Both families were quite wealthy — one was the proprietor of a local distillery, the other ran a great manor at Baiqi Tun; one family grew sorghum, the other pressed liquor.The liquor-pressing family needed sorghum, and the sorghum-growing family needed the distillery to buy its sorghum — the distillery could not do without sorghum, and the sorghum grower could not do without the distillery.As luck would have it, the wives of both these families happened to be nearing childbirth at the same time, and so they "betrothed before birth."

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
有錢
yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
本地
běn dì — 1. local 2. this locality (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
燒鍋
shāo guō — a still (for distilling alcohol)
掌櫃
zhǎng guì — shopkeeper
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
白旗
bái qí — white flag
tún — 1. to station (soldiers) 2. to store up 3. village (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
wō — 1. nest 2. pit or hollow on the human body 3. lair 4. den 5. place 6. to harbor or shelter 7. to hold in check 8. to bend 9. classifier for litters and broods (HSK 7-9)
bǎo — 1. (bound form) fortress; stronghold 2. (often used to transliterate -berg, -burg etc in place names) 3. (bound form) burger (abbr. for 漢堡 (hàn bǎo))
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
zhǒng — 1. seed 2. species 3. kind 4. type 5. classifier for types, kinds, sorts (HSK 3)
高粱
gāo liáng — 1. sorghum 2. common sorghum (Sorghum vulgare)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
燒酒
shāo jiǔ — 1. name of a famous Tang dynasty wine 2. same as 白酒 (bái jiǔ)
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
燒酒
shāo jiǔ — 1. name of a famous Tang dynasty wine 2. same as 白酒 (bái jiǔ)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
需要
xū yào — 1. to need; to want; to demand; to require 2. needs (HSK 3)
高粱
gāo liáng — 1. sorghum 2. common sorghum (Sorghum vulgare)
zhǒng — 1. seed 2. species 3. kind 4. type 5. classifier for types, kinds, sorts (HSK 3)
高粱
gāo liáng — 1. sorghum 2. common sorghum (Sorghum vulgare)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
需要
xū yào — 1. to need; to want; to demand; to require 2. needs (HSK 3)
燒鍋
shāo guō — a still (for distilling alcohol)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
高粱
gāo liáng — 1. sorghum 2. common sorghum (Sorghum vulgare)
燒鍋
shāo guō — a still (for distilling alcohol)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
高粱
gāo liáng — 1. sorghum 2. common sorghum (Sorghum vulgare)
不可
bù kě — cannot; should not; must not
高粱
gāo liáng — 1. sorghum 2. common sorghum (Sorghum vulgare)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
燒鍋
shāo guō — a still (for distilling alcohol)
不行
bù xíng — 1. won't do 2. be out of the question 3. be no good 4. not work 5. not be capable (HSK 2)
恰巧
qià qiǎo — by chance; as chance would have it (HSK 7-9)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
趕上
gǎn shàng — 1. to keep up with 2. to catch up with 3. to overtake 4. to chance upon 5. in time for (HSK 6)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
婦人
fù rén — married woman
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
將近
jiāng jìn — 1. almost 2. nearly 3. close to (HSK 3)
生產
shēng chǎn — 1. to produce; to manufacture 2. to give birth to a child (HSK 3)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
指腹
zhǐ fù — finger pad
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

两家都很有钱,一家是本地的烧锅掌柜的,一家是白旗屯的大窝堡,两家是一家种高粱,是一家压烧酒。压烧酒的需要高粱,种高粱的需要烧锅买他的高粱,烧锅非高粱不可,高粱非烧锅不行。恰巧又赶上这两家的妇人,都要将近生产,所以就「指腹为亲」了。

No matter which family had a boy and which had a girl, so long as one was male and the other female, it was settled that they should be husband and wife.If both families had boys, of course no match could be forced upon them.Nor could one be arranged if both families had girls.

mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
Guǎn — surname Guan (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
男孩子
nán hái zi — boy
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
女孩子
nǚ hái zi — girl
只要
zhǐ yào — so long as; provided; if (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
nán — 1. (bound form) male 2. baron, the lowest of the five ranks of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
nǚ — 1. female 2. woman 3. daughter (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
規定
guī dìng — 1. to stipulate; to specify; to prescribe; to fix (a price); to set (a quota) 2. regulations; rules; provisions; stipulations (HSK 3)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
夫婦
fū fù — 1. a (married) couple 2. husband and wife 3. classifier: 對 (duì) (HSK 4)
假若
jiǎ ruò — 1. if 2. supposing 3. in case
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
男孩
nán hái — boy
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
勉強
miǎn qiǎng — 1. to do with difficulty 2. to force sb to do sth 3. reluctant 4. barely enough (HSK 7-9)
規定
guī dìng — 1. to stipulate; to specify; to prescribe; to fix (a price); to set (a quota) 2. regulations; rules; provisions; stipulations (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
女孩
nǚ hái — girl; lass
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
gòu — 1. enough (sufficient) 2. enough (too much) 3. (coll.) (before adj.) really 4. (coll.) to reach by stretching out (HSK 2)
規定
guī dìng — 1. to stipulate; to specify; to prescribe; to fix (a price); to set (a quota) 2. regulations; rules; provisions; stipulations (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

无管是谁家生了男孩子,谁家生了女孩子,只要是一男一女就规定他们是夫妇。假若两家都生了男孩,都就不能勉强规定了。两家都生了女孩也是不能够规定的。

But these betrothals made before birth brought few benefits and a great many evils.If, along the way, one family fell into poverty, closed its distillery, or lost even its hut, the other family would no longer be willing to take their daughter as a bride, or to marry their own daughter into that poor household.If it was the girl's family that had grown poor, the matter was easier: if the other side truly refused to take her, her family could do nothing about it.。「But if the boy's family had grown poor, they would insist on taking the girl; and if she absolutely refused to marry him, her reputation would be ruined, for people would say she had “brought” such-and-such a family to poverty and then refused to marry into it. In superstitious parlance, to “bring” misfortune meant that her fate was too strong and that she had caused a certain family to become poor.」。After that it would be very difficult to find her another husband's family, and she would be given the name “one who brings ruin upon her intended household.”There was nothing for her to do but marry into the family; once there, her sisters-in-law would accuse her of despising the poor and courting the rich, and subject her to every kind of humiliation.Her husband would dislike her for it, and her parents-in-law would mistreat her; a young woman who had never before left her parents' home could not endure so many attacks, and would return to her own family, who could do little for her; even the mother who had arranged the prenatal betrothal would merely say:

但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
指腹
zhǐ fù — finger pad
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
好處
hǎo chǔ — easy to get along with (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
壞處
huài chu — 1. harm 2. troubles 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
半路
bàn lù — 1. halfway 2. midway 3. on the way (HSK 7-9)
上當
shàng dàng — 1. taken in (by sb's deceit) 2. to be fooled 3. to be duped (HSK 6)
中的
zhòng dì — 1. to hit the target 2. (fig.) to hit the nail on the head
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
燒鍋
shāo guō — a still (for distilling alcohol)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
wō — 1. nest 2. pit or hollow on the human body 3. lair 4. den 5. place 6. to harbor or shelter 7. to hold in check 8. to bend 9. classifier for litters and broods (HSK 7-9)
bǎo — 1. (bound form) fortress; stronghold 2. (often used to transliterate -berg, -burg etc in place names) 3. (bound form) burger (abbr. for 漢堡 (hàn bǎo))
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
其餘
qí yú — 1. the rest 2. the others 3. remaining 4. remainder 5. apart from them (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
不願
bù yuàn — unwilling
yì — 1. (bound form) idea; thought; meaning; sense 2. (bound form) intention; feeling; inclination; state of mind 3. (bound form) Italy (abbr. for 意大利 (Yì dà lì))
qǔ — 1. to take a wife 2. to marry (a woman) (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
窮人
qióng rén — 1. poor people 2. the poor (HSK 4)
假若
jiǎ ruò — 1. if 2. supposing 3. in case
女家
nǚ jiā — bride's family (in marriage)
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
還好
hái hǎo — 1. not bad; pretty good 2. fortunately; luckily
bàn — 1. to take care of (a matter); to deal with (a task, procedure etc); to organize (an event) 2. to establish; to set up; to manage; to run (an enterprise) 3. (law) to handle; to investigate; to prosecute (a case or suspect) 4. (bound form) office (as in 招辦 (zhāo bàn), admissions office) (abbr. for 辦公室 (bàn gōng shì)) (HSK 2)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
實在
shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
qǔ — 1. to take a wife 2. to marry (a woman) (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
辦法
bàn fǎ — 1. way of handling sth; means; measure; (practical) solution to a problem 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
若是
ruò shì — if
男家
nán jiā — man's family (in marriage)
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
男家
nán jiā — man's family (in marriage)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
qǔ — 1. to take a wife 2. to marry (a woman) (HSK 7-9)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
qǔ — 1. to take a wife 2. to marry (a woman) (HSK 7-9)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
名譽
míng yù — 1. fame 2. reputation 3. honor 4. honorary 5. emeritus (of retired professor) (HSK 6)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
huài — 1. bad 2. spoiled 3. broken 4. to break down 5. (suffix) to the utmost (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
fáng — 1. to hinder 2. (in the negative or interrogative) (no) harm 3. (what) harm
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
fáng — 1. to hinder 2. (in the negative or interrogative) (no) harm 3. (what) harm
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
迷信
mí xìn — 1. superstition 2. to have a superstitious belief (in sth) (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
yìng — 1. hard; stiff; solid 2. (fig.) strong; firm 3. resolutely; uncompromisingly 4. laboriously; with great difficulty 5. good (quality); able (person) 6. (of food) filling; substantial (HSK 5)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
以後
yǐ hòu — 1. after 2. later 3. afterwards 4. following 5. later on 6. in the future (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
婆家
pó jiā — husband's family (traditionally where the wife moves into)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
不大
bù dà — 1. not very (clear, far away etc); not too 2. not often; infrequently (HSK 1)
容易
róng yì — 1. easy; straightforward 2. likely; liable to; apt to (HSK 3)
zhǎo — 1. to try to find 2. to look for 3. to call on sb 4. to find 5. to seek 6. to return 7. to give change (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
名叫
míng jiào — 1. called 2. named
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
fáng — 1. to hinder 2. (in the negative or interrogative) (no) harm 3. (what) harm
無法
wú fǎ — unable to; incapable of (HSK 4)
只得
zhǐ dé — to have no alternative but to; to be obliged to (HSK 6)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
妯娌
zhóu li — wives of brothers; sisters-in-law
之間
zhī jiān — 1. (after a noun) between; among; amid 2. (used after certain bisyllabic words to form expressions indicating a short period of time, e.g. 彈指之間 (tán zhǐ zhī jiān)) (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
要說
yào shuō — 1. as for 2. when it comes to
tā — she (HSK 1)
嫌貧愛富
xián pín ài fù — 1. to favor the rich and disdain the poor (idiom) 2. snobbish
百般
bǎi bān — 1. in hundred and one ways 2. in every possible way 3. by every means
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
侮辱
wǔ rǔ — 1. to insult 2. to humiliate 3. dishonor (HSK 7-9)
tā — she (HSK 1)
丈夫
zhàng fu — husband (HSK 4)
因此
yīn cǐ — thus; consequently; as a result (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
喜歡
xǐ huan — to like; to be fond of (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
公公
gōng gong — 1. husband's father; father-in-law 2. grandpa; grandad 3. (old) form of address for a eunuch
婆婆
pó po — 1. husband's mother 2. mother-in-law 3. grandma
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
虐待
nüè dài — 1. to mistreat 2. to maltreat 3. to abuse 4. mistreatment 5. maltreatment (HSK 7-9)
tā — she (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
年輕
nián qīng — young (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
家門
jiā mén — 1. house door 2. family clan
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
shòu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to suffer 4. subjected to 5. to bear 6. to stand 7. pleasant 8. (passive marker) 9. (LGBT) bottom (HSK 3)
不住
bù zhù — 1. (verb complement) unable to firmly or securely (grasp, recall etc) 2. repeatedly; continuously; constantly
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
攻擊
gōng jī — 1. to attack 2. to accuse 3. to charge 4. an attack (terrorist or military) (HSK 6)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
娘家
niáng jiā — wife's family (before marriage)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
娘家
niáng jiā — wife's family (before marriage)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
shén — variant of 什 (shén)
辦法
bàn fǎ — 1. way of handling sth; means; measure; (practical) solution to a problem 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
當年
dāng nián — 1. in those days; back then; in those years 2. to be in the prime of life (HSK 5)
指腹
zhǐ fù — finger pad
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
qīn — 1. parent 2. one's own (flesh and blood) 3. relative 4. related 5. marriage 6. bride 7. close 8. intimate 9. in person 10. first-hand 11. in favor of 12. pro- 13. to kiss 14. (Internet slang) dear (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

但是这指腹为亲,好处不太多,坏处是很多的。半路上当中的一家穷了,不开烧锅了,或者没有窝堡了,其余的一家,就不愿意娶他家的姑娘,或是把女儿嫁给一家穷人。假若女家穷了,那还好办,若实在不娶,他也没有什么办法。若是男家穷了,男家就一定要娶,若一定不让娶,那姑娘的名誉就很坏,说她把谁家谁给「妨」穷了,又不嫁了。「妨」字在迷信上说就是因为她命硬,因为她某家某家穷了。以后她的婆家就不大容易找人家,会给她起一个名叫做「望门妨」。无法,只得嫁过去,嫁过去之后,妯娌之间又要说她嫌贫爱富,百般的侮辱她。丈夫因此也不喜欢她了,公公婆婆也虐待她,她一个年轻的未出过家门的女子,受不住这许多攻击,回到娘家去,娘家也无甚办法,就是那当年指腹为亲的母亲说:

),!」“This is all your fate—bear it as best you can!”

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
命運
mìng yùn — fate; destiny (HSK 3)
你好
nǐ hǎo — hello; hi
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
nài — (bound form) to bear; to endure; to withstand (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

「这都是你的命(命运),你好好的耐著吧!」

The young woman, utterly bewildered and unable to understand why such a fate should be hers, would often bring the affair to a tragic end: some threw themselves into wells, and others hanged themselves.

年輕
nián qīng — young (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
莫名其妙
mò míng qí miào — (idiom) baffling; bizarre; without rhyme or reason; inexplicable (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
為什麼
wèi shén me — 1. why? 2. for what reason? (HSK 2)
要有
yào yǒu — 1. to need 2. to require 3. must have
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
往往
wǎng wǎng — 1. usually 2. in many cases 3. more often than not (HSK 3)
演出
yǎn chū — 1. to act (in a play) 2. to perform 3. to put on (a performance) 4. performance 5. concert 6. show 7. classifier: 場 (chǎng), 次 (cì) (HSK 3)
悲劇
bēi jù — 1. tragedy 2. classifier: 齣 (chū) (HSK 5)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
跳井
tiào jǐng — to jump into a well (to drown oneself, esp. of ladies in fiction)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
跳井
tiào jǐng — to jump into a well (to drown oneself, esp. of ladies in fiction)
上吊
shàng diào — to hang oneself
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
上吊
shàng diào — to hang oneself

年轻的女子,莫名其妙的,不知道自己为什么要有这样的命,于是往往演出悲剧来,跳井的跳井,上吊的上吊。

,「。」An old saying has it, “Women cannot go onto the battlefield.”

古語
gǔ yǔ — 1. ancient language 2. old expression
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
不了
bù le — no thanks (used to politely but informally decline)
戰場
zhàn chǎng — 1. battlefield 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 6)

古语说,「女子上不了战场。」

In truth, that is wrong: a well is so deep—ask any man out of the blue whether he dares jump into one, and I fear he would not dare either.Yet a young woman does dare; one does not necessarily die on the battlefield, and might even return with some official rank or other.But it is very hard not to die from jumping into a well; once she jumps, she will in all likelihood be killed.

其實
qí shí — actually; in fact; really (HSK 3)
不對
bù duì — 1. incorrect 2. wrong 3. amiss 4. abnormal 5. queer (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Jǐng — 1. Jing, one of the 28 constellations of Chinese astronomy 2. surname Jing (HSK 6)
多麼
duō me — 1. how (wonderful etc) 2. what (a great idea etc) 3. however (difficult it may be etc) 4. (in interrogative sentences) how (much etc) 5. to what extent (HSK 2)
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
平白
píng bái — 1. for no reason 2. gratuitously
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
男子
nán zǐ — a man; a male (HSK 3)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Jǐng — 1. Jing, one of the 28 constellations of Chinese astronomy 2. surname Jing (HSK 6)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
年輕
nián qīng — young (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
竟敢
jìng gǎn — to have the impertinence; to have the cheek to (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
戰場
zhàn chǎng — 1. battlefield 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 6)
不一定
bù yī dìng — 1. not necessarily 2. maybe (HSK 2)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
半職
bàn zhí — part-time work
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
跳井
tiào jǐng — to jump into a well (to drown oneself, esp. of ladies in fiction)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
nán — 1. difficult (to...) 2. problem 3. difficulty 4. difficult 5. not good (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

其实不对的,这井多么深,平白的你问一个男子,问他这井敢跳不敢跳,怕他也不敢的。而一个年轻的女子竟敢了,上战场不一定死,也许回来闹个一官半职的。可是跳井就很难不死,一跳就多半跳死了。

Then why are there no words on the arches honoring chaste widows praising the courage of women who leapt into wells?Those who erected the arches deliberately left them out.For those who erected arches to chaste widows were mostly men.And each of them had a woman at home.He feared that if such words were inscribed, the next time he beat his woman, she too might jump into a well.If the woman jumped down a well and left behind a great brood of children, what was he to do?And so nothing of the kind was ever written.……All they wrote was that she was gentle and refined, and filial toward her parents-in-law…

那麼
nà me — 1. like that; in that way; to that extent 2. (before a number) ... or so; about ... 3. then; in that case (HSK 2)
jiē — see 節骨眼 (jiē gu yǎn) (HSK 2)
fù — woman
Fāng — surname Fang
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
為什麼
wèi shén me — 1. why? 2. for what reason? (HSK 2)
méi — (negative prefix for verbs) have not; not (HSK 1)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
讚美
zàn měi — 1. to admire 2. to praise 3. to eulogize (HSK 7-9)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
跳井
tiào jǐng — to jump into a well (to drown oneself, esp. of ladies in fiction)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
勇敢
yǒng gǎn — brave; courageous (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zàn — (bound form) to praise; to laud (variant of 贊 (zàn))
cí — 1. word 2. statement; speech; lyrics 3. a form of lyric poetry, flourishing in the Song dynasty 宋朝 (Sòng cháo) (classifier: 首 (shǒu)) (HSK 2)
那是
nà shi — 1. (coll.) of course 2. naturally 3. indeed
Xiū — surname Xiu (HSK 3)
jiē — see 節骨眼 (jiē gu yǎn) (HSK 2)
fù — woman
Fāng — surname Fang
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
故意
gù yì — deliberately; on purpose (HSK 2)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
刪去
shān qù — to delete
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
Xiū — surname Xiu (HSK 3)
jiē — see 節骨眼 (jiē gu yǎn) (HSK 2)
fù — woman
Fāng — surname Fang
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
將來
jiāng lái — 1. in the future 2. future 3. the future 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
跳井
tiào jǐng — to jump into a well (to drown oneself, esp. of ladies in fiction)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
Jǐng — 1. Jing, one of the 28 constellations of Chinese astronomy 2. surname Jing (HSK 6)
留下
liú xià — 1. to leave behind 2. to stay behind 3. to remain 4. to keep 5. not to let (sb) go (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
qún — 1. group 2. crowd 3. flock, herd, pack etc (HSK 3)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
怎麼辦
zěn me bàn — what's to be done (HSK 2)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
一律
yī lǜ — 1. same; identical 2. uniformly; all; without exception (HSK 4)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
溫文爾雅
wēn wén ěr yǎ — cultured and refined (idiom); gentle and cultivated
孝順
xiào shùn — 1. filial 2. dutiful 3. devoted to one's parents (and grandparents etc) 4. to show filial piety towards (an older family member) 5. filial piety (HSK 7-9)
公婆
gōng pó — 1. husband's parents; parents-in-law 2. (dialect) a couple; husband and wife

那么节妇坊上为什么没写著赞美女子跳井跳得勇敢的赞词?那是修节妇坊的人故意给删去的。因为修节妇坊的,多半是男人。他家里也有一个女人。他怕是写上了,将来他打他女人的时候,他的女人也去跳井。女人也跳下井,留下来一大群孩子可怎么办?于是一律不写。只写,温文尔雅,孝顺公婆……

Even before the grand opera opened, all these things had already occurred.Once the grand opera began, the space below the stage was truly a sea of people, packed beyond endurance.The men who built the stage certainly knew their business: they chose a broad, perfectly level stretch of sandy beach, smooth and clean, so that even if someone fell upon it, not a speck of dirt would stain his clothes.This sandy beach was half a li long.

大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台下
tái xià — 1. off the stage 2. in the audience
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
人山人海
rén shān rén hǎi — (idiom) multitude; vast crowd
擁擠不堪
yōng jǐ bù kān — 1. overcrowded 2. jam-packed
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
xuǎn — 1. to choose 2. to pick 3. to select 4. to elect (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
平平
píng píng — 1. average 2. mediocre
tǎn — 1. flat 2. open-hearted 3. level 4. smooth
tǎn — 1. flat 2. open-hearted 3. level 4. smooth
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
沙灘
shā tān — 1. beach 2. sandy shore 3. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 7-9)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
光滑
guāng huá — glossy; sleek; smooth (HSK 7-9)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
乾淨
gān jìng — 1. clean 2. neat (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
上邊
shàng bian — 1. the top 2. above 3. overhead 4. upwards 5. the top margin 6. above-mentioned 7. those higher up (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不會
bù huì — 1. improbable 2. unlikely 3. will not (act, happen etc) 4. not able 5. not having learned to do sth 6. (coll.) (Tw) don't mention it 7. not at all
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
zhān — 1. to moisten 2. to be infected by 3. to receive benefit or advantage through a contact 4. to touch (HSK 7-9)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
sī — 1. silk 2. thread-like thing; (cuisine) shreds or julienne strips 3. classifier: a trace (of smoke etc), a tiny bit etc (HSK 7-9)
ér — 1. child 2. son
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
土星
Tǔ xīng — Saturn (planet)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
沙灘
shā tān — 1. beach 2. sandy shore 3. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
bàn — 1. half 2. semi- 3. incomplete 4. (after a number) and a half (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)

大戏还没有开台,就来了这许多事情。等大戏一开了台,那戏台下边,真是人山人海,拥挤不堪。搭戏台的人,也真是会搭,正选了一块平平坦坦的大沙滩,又光滑,又干净,使人就是倒在上边,也不会把衣裳沾一丝儿的土星。这沙滩有半里路长。

People's laughter and chatter filled the air—how could this be called watching the opera? Their din seemed louder than the gongs and drums. Someone in red came out upon the stage, someone in green went in; all one could see were figures swaying in and out, and nothing else could be made out. Never mind whether the singing was good or bad—one could not even hear it.Those close by could at least see the beardless actors opening their mouths; those farther away could not even make out whether the figure in red onstage was an actress or a male performer.It was simply not as good as watching a puppet show.

人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
笑語
xiào yǔ — 1. talking and laughing 2. cheerful talk
連天
lián tiān — 1. reaching the sky 2. for days on end 3. incessantly
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
鑼鼓
luó gǔ — 1. gongs and drums 2. Chinese percussion instruments
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台上
tái shàng — on stage (HSK 4)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
進去
jìn qù — to go in (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
lù — used in names (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
搖搖擺擺
yáo yáo bǎi bǎi — 1. swaggering 2. staggering 3. waddling
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
走出
zǒu chū — to leave (a room etc); to go out through (a door etc)
走進
zǒu jìn — to enter; to step into (HSK 2)
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
不用說
bù yòng shuō — needless to say; it goes without saying (HSK 7-9)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
好不好
hǎo bu hǎo — 1. (coll.) all right? 2. OK?
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
聽不到
tīng bu dào — can't hear
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
jìn — 1. near 2. close to 3. approximately (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
看得見
kàn de jiàn — to be able to see; can see (HSK 6)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
guà — 1. to hang; to suspend (from a hook etc) 2. to hang up (the phone) 3. (of a line) to be dead 4. to be worried; to be concerned 5. (dialect) to make a phone call 6. to register (at a hospital); to make an appointment (with a doctor) 7. (slang) to kill; to die; to be finished; to fail (an exam) 8. classifier for sets or clusters of objects (HSK 3)
鬍子
hú zi — 1. beard 2. mustache or whiskers 3. facial hair 4. classifier: 撮 (zuǒ), 根 (gēn) 5. (coll.) bandit (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
演員
yǎn yuán — actor; actress; performer (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
張嘴
zhāng zuǐ — 1. to open one's mouth (to speak, esp. to make a request) 2. to gape
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
那個
nà ge — 1. that one 2. that thing 3. that (as opposed to this) 4. (used before a verb or adjective for emphasis) 5. (used to humorously or indirectly refer to sth embarrassing, funny etc, or when one can't think of the right word) 6. (used in speech as a filler, similar to "umm", "you know" etc) 7. (euph.) menstruation 8. sex 9. also pr. (nèi ge)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
kūn — 1. one of the Eight Trigrams 八卦 (bā guà), symbolizing earth 2. female principle 3. ☷ 4. ancient Chinese compass point: 225° (southwest)
Jué — surname Jue (HSK 2)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
nán — 1. (bound form) male 2. baron, the lowest of the five ranks of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) (HSK 1)
Jué — surname Jue (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
不大
bù dà — 1. not very (clear, far away etc); not too 2. not often; infrequently (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
清楚
qīng chu — 1. clear 2. distinct 3. to understand thoroughly 4. to be clear about (HSK 2)
簡直
jiǎn zhí — simply; really (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
還不如
hái bù rú — 1. to be better off ... 2. might as well ...
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
木偶戲
mù ǒu xì — puppet show

人们笑语连天,那里是在看戏,闹得比锣鼓好像更响,那戏台上出来一个穿红的,进去一个穿绿的,只看见摇摇摆摆的走出走进,别的什么也不知道了,不用说唱得好不好,就连听也听不到。离著近的还看得见不挂胡子的演员在张嘴,离得远的就连戏台那个穿红衣裳的究竟是一个坤角,还是一个男角也都不大看得清楚。简直是还不如看木偶戏。

Yet if a puppet-show singer had come beneath the stage just then, begun to sing, and asked whether they wished to watch, they certainly would not have done so—even if they could not see so much as the edge of the grand stage, even if they stood two li away, they still would not have watched the puppets.For even if they merely slept beneath the grand-opera stage and then went home, they could still say they had returned from the grand opera, and not from some other place.

但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
木偶戲
mù ǒu xì — puppet show
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
在台
zài Tái — in Taiwan (used attributively)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
看不見
kàn bu jiàn — 1. cannot see 2. cannot be seen 3. invisible
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
之外
zhī wài — 1. outside 2. excluding (HSK 5)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
木偶戲
mù ǒu xì — puppet show
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. a nap 2. a sleep 3. classifier: 場 (cháng) (HSK 6)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
總算
zǒng suàn — 1. at long last 2. finally 3. on the whole (HSK 5)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
地方
dì fāng — 1. region 2. regional (away from the central administration) 3. local (HSK 1)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

但是若有一个唱木偶戏的这时候来在台下,唱起来,问他们看不看,那他们一定不看的,那怕就连戏台子的边也看不见了,那怕是站在二里路之外,他们也不看那木偶戏的。因为在大戏台底下,那怕就是睡了一觉回去,也总算是从大戏台子底下回来的,而不是从什么别的地方回来的。

There was nothing else worth seeing all year; how could they lightly pass up this one grand opera?And so, whether they could see it or not, they had to come beneath the stage.

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
好看
hǎo kàn — 1. good-looking; nice-looking 2. (of a movie, book, TV show etc) good 3. in an embarrassing situation (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. threshing floor 2. classifier for events and happenings: spell, episode, bout (HSK 2)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
能夠
néng gòu — 1. to be capable of 2. to be able to 3. can (HSK 2)
輕易
qīng yì — 1. easy; simple 2. rashly; offhandedly (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
放過
fàng guò — 1. to let off 2. to let slip by 3. to let sb get away with sth (HSK 7-9)
má — (coll.) what? (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
無論
wú lùn — 1. no matter what or how 2. regardless of whether... (HSK 4)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不能不
bù néng bù — 1. have to 2. cannot but (HSK 5)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

一年没有什么别的好看,就这一场大戏还能够轻易的放过吗?所以无论看不看,戏台底下是不能不来。

People from the countryside came too, driving great carts with several teams of horses, old ox carts, painted-wheel carts, and little carts with great mules harnessed to them.In short, whatever sort of cart a family owned, that was the cart they harnessed and brought.Some families, it seemed, kept neither horses nor any other livestock, but they too came, using a single little donkey to pull a painted-wheel cart.

所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
一些
yī xiē — some; a few; a little; (following an adjective) slightly ...er (HSK 1)
鄉下
xiāng xia — 1. countryside 2. rural area 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
套馬
tào mǎ — 1. to harness a horse 2. to lasso a horse
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
Niú — surname Niu (HSK 3)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
著花
zháo huā — 1. to blossom 2. to come to flower 3. to be in bloom
輪子
lún zi — 1. wheel 2. (derog.) Falun Gong practitioner 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
小車
xiǎo chē — 1. small model car 2. mini-car 3. small horse-cart 4. barrow 5. wheelbarrow 6. type of folk dance
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
小車
xiǎo chē — 1. small model car 2. mini-car 3. small horse-cart 4. barrow 5. wheelbarrow 6. type of folk dance
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
上邊
shàng bian — 1. the top 2. above 3. overhead 4. upwards 5. the top margin 6. above-mentioned 7. those higher up (HSK 1)
Jià — surname Jia (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
騾子
luó zi — 1. mule 2. classifier: 匹 (pǐ), 頭 (tóu)
總之
zǒng zhī — 1. in a word 2. in short 3. in brief (HSK 4)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Jià — surname Jia (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
yǎng — 1. to raise (animals) 2. to bring up (children) 3. to keep (pets) 4. to support 5. to give birth (HSK 2)
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
yǎng — 1. to raise (animals) 2. to bring up (children) 3. to keep (pets) 4. to support 5. to give birth (HSK 2)
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
牲口
shēng kou — 1. animals used for their physical strength (mules, oxen etc) 2. beast of burden
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pǐ — 1. (bound form) matching; comparable to 2. (bound form) alone; single; one of a pair 3. classifier for horses, mules etc (Taiwan pr. (pī)) 4. classifier for cloth: bolt 5. horsepower (HSK 5)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
毛驢
máo lǘ — 1. donkey 2. classifier: 頭 (tóu)
lā — 1. to pull 2. to play (a bowed instrument) 3. to drag 4. to draw 5. to chat 6. (coll.) to empty one's bowels (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
輪子
lún zi — 1. wheel 2. (derog.) Falun Gong practitioner 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

所以一些乡下的人也都来了,赶著几套马的大车,赶著老牛车,赶著花轮子,赶著小车子,小车子上边驾著大骡子。总之家里有什么车就驾了什么车来。也有的似乎他们家里并不养马,也不养别的牲口,就只用了一匹小毛驴,拉著一个花轮子也就来了。

After they arrived, all these carts and animals were left together on the sandy beach; the horses ate fodder from straw sacks, and the mules went down to the river to drink.Mat shelters had been rigged over all the carts, making them look like little viewing stands, arranged at a distance from the stage.The carts had brought entire families, from grandmothers down to grandsons' wives, three generations old and young; twenty or thirty zhang from the stage, they could hear nothing and could hardly see anything either—only gaudy red and green figures circling about onstage, with strange hats on their heads and strange clothes upon their bodies.Who knew what any of those people were doing? Some watched the grand opera for three days without being able to name a single play.When they returned to the countryside, they too joined others in discussing its merits; but if someone happened to ask which play they were talking about, they would stare blankly and be unable to answer.

lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
車馬
chē mǎ — vehicles and horses
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
一齊
yī qí — 1. at the same time 2. simultaneously (HSK 6)
tíng — 1. to stop 2. to halt 3. to park (a car) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
沙灘
shā tān — 1. beach 2. sandy shore 3. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
馬匹
mǎ pǐ — horse
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
草包
cǎo bāo — 1. bag made of woven straw 2. bag filled with straw 3. (fig.) a good-for-nothing 4. clumsy oaf
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
騾子
luó zi — 1. mule 2. classifier: 匹 (pǐ), 頭 (tóu)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
hē — 1. to drink 2. variant of 嗬 (hē) (HSK 1)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
車子
chē zi — car or other vehicle (bicycle, truck etc)
上都
Shàng dū — Shangdu, also known as Xanadu, summer capital of the Yuan Dynasty (1279-1368)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
xí — woven mat (variant of 席 (xí)) (HSK 7-9)
péng — 1. shed 2. canopy 3. shack
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
小看
xiǎo kàn — 1. to look down on 2. to underestimate (HSK 7-9)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
排列
pái liè — 1. to arrange in order 2. (math.) permutation (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
遠處
yuǎn chù — distant place (HSK 5)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
車子
chē zi — car or other vehicle (bicycle, truck etc)
帶來
dài lái — 1. to bring 2. (fig.) to bring about; to produce (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
全家
Quán jiā — FamilyMart (convenience store chain) (HSK 2)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
祖母
zǔ mǔ — father's mother; paternal grandmother (HSK 6)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
孫子
Sūn zǐ — Sun Tzu, also known as Sun Wu 孫武 (Sūn Wǔ) (c. 500 BC, dates of birth and death uncertain), general, strategist and philosopher of the Spring and Autumn Period (700-475 BC), believed to be the author of the “Art of War” 孫子兵法 (Sūn zǐ Bīng fǎ), one of the Seven Military Classics of ancient China 武經七書 (Wǔ jīng Qī shū) (HSK 4)
xí — daughter-in-law
老少
lǎo shào — the old and the young
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. lifetime 2. generation 3. group of people 4. class 5. classifier for generations 6. (literary) classifier for people (HSK 5)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
zhàng — 1. measure of length, ten Chinese feet (3.3 m) 2. to measure 3. husband 4. polite appellation for an older male
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
聽不見
tīng bu jiàn — not be able to hear
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
難看
nán kàn — 1. ugly 2. unsightly (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
lù — used in names (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台上
tái shàng — on stage (HSK 4)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
圈子
quān zi — 1. circle 2. ring 3. (social) circle (HSK 7-9)
頭上
tóu shàng — 1. overhead 2. above
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
奇怪
qí guài — 1. strange 2. odd 3. to marvel 4. to be baffled (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
帽子
mào zi — 1. hat 2. cap 3. (fig.) label 4. bad name 5. classifier: 頂 (dǐng) (HSK 4)
身上
shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)
穿著
chuān zhuó — attire; clothes; dress (HSK 7-9)
奇怪
qí guài — 1. strange 2. odd 3. to marvel 4. to be baffled (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
衣裳
yī shang — (coll.) clothes
誰知道
shéi zhī dào — 1. God knows... 2. Who would have imagined...? (HSK 7-9)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
幹什麼
gàn shén me — 1. what are you doing? 2. what's he up to? (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
天大
tiān dà — 1. gargantuan 2. as big as the sky 3. enormous
戲子
xì zi — 1. (derog.) Chinese opera performer 2. (derog.) actor
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. threshing floor 2. classifier for events and happenings: spell, episode, bout (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
名字
míng zi — name (of a person or thing) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
鄉下
xiāng xia — 1. countryside 2. rural area 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
跟著
gēn zhe — 1. to follow after 2. immediately afterwards
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
說長道短
shuō cháng dào duǎn — lit. to discuss sb's merits and demerits (idiom); to gossip
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
偶爾
ǒu ěr — 1. occasionally 2. once in a while 3. sometimes (HSK 5)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
chū — variant of 出 (chū) (classifier for plays or chapters of classical novels) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
dèng — 1. to open (one's eyes) wide 2. to stare at 3. to glare at (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
說不出
shuō bu chū — unable to say
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

来了之后,这些车马,就一齐停在沙滩上,马匹在草包上吃著草,骡子到河里去喝水。车子上都搭席棚,好像小看台似的,排列在戏台的远处。那车子带来了他们的全家,从祖母到孙子媳,老少三辈,他们离著戏台二三十丈远,听是什么也听不见的,看也很难看到什么,也不过是五红大绿的,在戏台上跑著圈子,头上戴著奇怪的帽子,身上穿著奇怪的衣裳。谁知道那些人都是干什么的,有的看了三天大戏子台,而连一场的戏名字也都叫不出来。回到乡下去,他也跟著人家说长道短的,偶尔人家问了他说的是那出戏,他竟瞪了眼睛,说不出来了。

As for the children beneath the stage, they understood even less; they remembered only a man with a great beard and another with a painted face. Who knew what any of them were doing, gesticulating and making a wild commotion with swords, spears, staves, and clubs?

至於
zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)
一些
yī xiē — some; a few; a little; (following an adjective) slightly ...er (HSK 1)
孩子們
hái zi men — children
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
記住
jì zhu — 1. to remember 2. to bear in mind 3. to learn by heart (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
鬍子
hú zi — 1. beard 2. mustache or whiskers 3. facial hair 4. classifier: 撮 (zuǒ), 根 (gēn) 5. (coll.) bandit (HSK 5)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
誰知道
shéi zhī dào — 1. God knows... 2. Who would have imagined...? (HSK 7-9)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
比劃
bǐ hua — 1. to gesture 2. to gesticulate 3. to practice the moves of a martial art by imitating the teacher 4. to fight 5. to come to blows
huá — 1. to cut 2. to slash 3. to scratch (cut into the surface of sth) 4. to strike (a match) (HSK 4)
刀槍
dāo qiāng — 1. sword and spear 2. weapons
棍棒
gùn bàng — club; staff; stick
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
luàn — 1. in confusion or disorder 2. in a confused state of mind 3. disorder 4. upheaval 5. riot 6. illicit sexual relations 7. to throw into disorder 8. to mix up 9. indiscriminate 10. random 11. arbitrary (HSK 3)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
一陣
yī zhèn — 1. a burst 2. a fit 3. a peal 4. a spell (period of time) (HSK 7-9)

至于一些孩子们在戏台底下,就更什么也不知道了,只记住一个大胡子,一个花脸的,谁知道那些都是在做什么,比比划划,刀枪棍棒的乱闹一阵。

At any rate, beneath the stage there were vendors selling liangfen and candied fruit, and the children could eat whatever they liked.There were glutinous cakes, deep-fried buns, and soft tofu pudding; none of these things filled them up, so after eating one they went on to another.There were watermelon sellers and muskmelon sellers beneath the stage as well, attracting great swarms of flies that buzzed about.

反正
fǎn zhèng — 1. anyway 2. in any case 3. to come over from the enemy's side (HSK 3)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
涼粉
liáng fěn — 1. liangfen (Chinese dish) 2. grass jelly (Chinese dish)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
táng — 1. sugar 2. sweets 3. candy 4. classifier: 顆 (kē), 塊 (kuài) (HSK 3)
qiú — 1. ball 2. sphere 3. globe 4. classifier: 個 (gè) 5. ball game 6. match 7. classifier: 場 (chǎng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
隨便
suí biàn — 1. as one wishes 2. as one pleases 3. at random 4. negligent 5. casual 6. wanton (HSK 2)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
nián — 1. sticky; glutinous 2. (Tw) to adhere; to stick on; to glue (HSK 7-9)
gāo — cake
油炸
yóu zhá — to deep fry
饅頭
mán tou — steamed bun (HSK 6)
豆腐腦
dòu fu nǎo — 1. jellied tofu 2. soft bean curd
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
bǎo — 1. to eat till full 2. satisfied (HSK 2)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
那樣
nà yàng — 1. that kind 2. that sort (HSK 2)
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
西瓜
xī guā — 1. watermelon 2. classifier: 顆 (kē) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
香瓜
xiāng guā — 1. oriental melon (Cucumis melo Makuwa Group) 2. cantaloupe; muskmelon (Cucumis melo)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. to recruit 2. to provoke 3. to beckon 4. to incur 5. to infect 6. contagious 7. a move (chess) 8. a maneuver 9. device 10. trick 11. to confess (HSK 6)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
蒼蠅
cāng ying — 1. housefly 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī) (HSK 7-9)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
duī — 1. to pile up 2. to heap up 3. a mass 4. pile 5. heap 6. stack 7. large amount (HSK 5)
嗡嗡
wēng wēng — (onom.) buzz; drone; hum
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fēi — to fly (HSK 1)

反正戏台底下有些卖凉粉的,有些卖糖球的,随便吃去好了。什么黏糕,油炸馒头,豆腐脑都有,这些东西吃了又不饱,吃了这样再去吃那样。卖西瓜的,卖香瓜的,戏台底下都有,招得苍蝇一大堆,嗡嗡的飞。

Below the stage, gongs and drums sounded loud enough to shake the heavens.

xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台下
tái xià — 1. off the stage 2. in the audience
敲鑼
qiāo luó — to beat a gong
打鼓
dǎ gǔ — 1. to beat a drum 2. to play a drum 3. (fig.) to feel nervous
zhèn — 1. to shake 2. to vibrate 3. to jolt 4. to quake 5. excited 6. shocked 7. one of the Eight Trigrams 八卦 (bā guà), symbolizing thunder 8. ☳ (HSK 7-9)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)

戏台下敲锣打鼓震天的响。

The performers, too, seemed afraid that those far away could not hear them, and shouted with all their might; even if they shouted their throats raw, they could not overcome the din below.Those in the audience had long since forgotten that they were watching an opera; they were all gossiping, men and women chatting about household affairs.There were also distant relatives whom one normally did not see all year; now that they met here, how could they not exchange greetings?And so Third Aunts and Second Aunties began shouting to one another amid the crowd;if they were seated under the awning of a viewing stand, an old woman might suddenly rise and call out:

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
唱戲
chàng xì — to perform in opera
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
遠處
yuǎn chù — distant place (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
聽不見
tīng bu jiàn — not be able to hear
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
拚命
pàn mìng — see 拼命 (pīn mìng)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
hǎn — 1. to yell 2. to shout 3. to call out for (a person) (HSK 2)
hǎn — 1. to yell 2. to shout 3. to call out for (a person) (HSK 2)
pò — 1. broken 2. damaged 3. worn out 4. lousy 5. rotten 6. to break, split or cleave 7. to get rid of 8. to destroy 9. to break with 10. to defeat 11. to capture (a city etc) 12. to expose the truth of (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
喉嚨
hóu lóng — the throat (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
不住
bù zhù — 1. (verb complement) unable to firmly or securely (grasp, recall etc) 2. repeatedly; continuously; constantly
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
在台
zài Tái — in Taiwan (used attributively)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
早已
zǎo yǐ — 1. for a long time; long since 2. (dialect) in the past (HSK 3)
忘記
wàng jì — to forget (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
說長道短
shuō cháng dào duǎn — lit. to discuss sb's merits and demerits (idiom); to gossip
nán — 1. (bound form) male 2. baron, the lowest of the five ranks of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) (HSK 1)
男女
nán nǚ — 1. male-female 2. male and female (HSK 4)
女的
nǚ de — woman
談起
tán qǐ — 1. to mention 2. to speak of 3. to talk about (HSK 7-9)
家常
jiā cháng — the daily life of a family
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
遠親
yuǎn qīn — distant relative
平常
píng cháng — 1. ordinary 2. common 3. usually 4. ordinarily (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
不到
bù dào — 1. not to arrive 2. not reaching 3. insufficient 4. less than
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
這裡
zhè lǐ — here (HSK 1)
看到
kàn dào — to see (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
打招呼
dǎ zhāo hu — 1. to greet sb by word or action 2. to give prior notice (HSK 7-9)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
yí — 1. mother's sister 2. aunt (HSK 7-9)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
嬸子
shěn zi — (coll.) wife of father's younger brother; aunt
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
地方
dì fāng — 1. region 2. regional (away from the central administration) 3. local (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
假若
jiǎ ruò — 1. if 2. supposing 3. in case
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
涼棚
liáng péng — 1. mat awning 2. arbor
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
老太太
lǎo tài tai — 1. elderly lady (respectful) 2. esteemed mother 3. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 3)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

那唱戏的人,也似乎怕远处的人听不见,也在拼命的喊,喊破了喉咙也压不住台的。那在台下的早已忘记了是在看戏,都在那里说长道短,男男女女的谈起家常来。还有些个远亲,平常一年也看不到,今天在这里看到了,那能不打招呼。所以三姨二婶子的,就在人多的地方大叫起来;假若是在看台的凉棚里坐著,忽然有一个老太太站了起来,大叫著说:

?」“Second Uncle's wife, when did you get here?”

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
舅母
jiù mǔ — 1. wife of mother's brother 2. aunt 3. maternal uncle's wife
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
zán — variant of 咱 (zán) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

「他二舅母,你可多喒来的?」

At once the woman on the other side would stand up in answer.Those seated in the upper tiers of the viewing stands were comparatively close to the stage and could hear the singing, so the stands were relatively quiet.Young women and wives nibbled sunflower seeds and drank tea.Although everyone found these shouting people annoying, no one dared stop them; if you asked one to speak a little more softly, she would curse you:

於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
一方
yī fāng — 1. a party (in a contract or legal case) 2. one side 3. area 4. region
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
應聲
yìng shēng — 1. an answering voice 2. to answer a voice 3. to respond 4. to copy a voice 5. to parrot
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樓座
lóu zuò — gallery seat (in theater)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
比較
bǐ jiào — 1. to compare 2. to contrast 3. comparatively 4. relatively 5. quite 6. comparison (HSK 3)
jìn — 1. near 2. close to 3. approximately (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
得到
dé dào — to get; to obtain; to receive (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
比較
bǐ jiào — 1. to compare 2. to contrast 3. comparatively 4. relatively 5. quite 6. comparison (HSK 3)
安靜
ān jìng — 1. quiet 2. peaceful 3. calm (HSK 2)
姑娘
gū niang — 1. girl 2. young woman 3. young lady 4. daughter 5. paternal aunt (old) 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
媳婦
xí fù — 1. daughter-in-law 2. wife of a younger brother or relative of the younger generation (HSK 7-9)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
瓜子
guā zǐ — 1. melon seed 2. seeds of pumpkin, watermelon or sunflower etc, roasted and flavored, consumed as a snack (HSK 7-9)
hē — 1. to drink 2. variant of 嗬 (hē) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
chá — 1. tea 2. tea plant 3. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 壺 (hú) (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
rǎng — 1. to shout 2. to bellow 3. to make a big deal of sth 4. to make a fuss about sth (HSK 7-9)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
別人
bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
討厭
tǎo yàn — 1. to dislike 2. to loathe 3. disagreeable 4. troublesome 5. annoying (HSK 5)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
禁止
jìn zhǐ — 1. to prohibit 2. to forbid 3. to ban (HSK 4)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
講話
jiǎng huà — 1. a speech 2. to speak 3. to talk 4. to address 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
tā — she (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)

于是那一方也就应声而起。原来坐在看台的楼座上的,离著戏比较近,听唱是听得到的,所以那看台上比较安静。姑娘媳妇都吃著瓜子,喝著茶。对这大嚷大叫的人,别人虽然讨厌,但也不敢去禁止,你若让她小一点声讲话,她会骂了出来:

……」“This open-air opera doesn't belong to your family. If you want to hear an opera, hire a troupe to sing at your own house…”

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yě — 1. field 2. plain 3. open space 4. limit 5. boundary 6. rude 7. feral (HSK 6)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
yuàn — 1. (bound form) wish; hope; desire 2. to be willing 3. to wish (that sth may happen); may ... 4. vow; pledge (HSK 5)
聽戲
tīng xì — 1. to attend an opera 2. to see an opera
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
qǐng — 1. to ask 2. to invite 3. please (do sth) 4. to treat (to a meal etc) 5. to request (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
台子
tái zi — 1. desk 2. (pool etc) table
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)

「这野台子戏,也不是你家的,你愿听戏,你请一台子到你家里去唱……」

Another would say:

另外
lìng wài — 1. additional 2. in addition 3. besides 4. separate 5. other 6. moreover 7. furthermore (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

另外的一个也说:

……」“Well, well, I've never seen the like! Once you start watching an opera, you don't even recognize your own kin—you won't let a person say a word…”

yō — 1. Oh! (interjection indicating slight surprise) 2. also pr. (yāo)
yō — 1. Oh! (interjection indicating slight surprise) 2. also pr. (yāo)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
méi — (negative prefix for verbs) have not; not (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
六親不認
liù qīn bù rèn — not recognizing one's family (idiom); self-centered and not making any allowances for the needs of one's relatives
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. child 2. son
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)

「哟哟,我没见过,看起戏来,都六亲不认了,说个话儿也不让……」

Those were still among the milder ones; others were far less civil and began the moment they opened their mouths:

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
比較
bǐ jiào — 1. to compare 2. to contrast 3. comparatively 4. relatively 5. quite 6. comparison (HSK 3)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
不客氣
bù kè qi — 1. you're welcome 2. don't mention it 3. impolite 4. rude 5. blunt (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
開口
kāi kǒu — 1. to open one's mouth 2. to start to talk (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

这还是比较好的,还有更不客气的,一开口就说:

……“You little slut with your secret lover………」Your granny has never in all her life, at home or abroad, had to put up with anyone's high-and-mighty airs, and today I've come beneath the opera stage to be taught manners by you, you mother-damned…”

xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
養漢
yǎng hàn — to commit adultery (of married woman)
老婆
lǎo pó — (coll.) wife (HSK 4)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
奶奶
nǎi nai — 1. (informal) grandma (paternal grandmother) 2. (respectful) mistress of the house 3. classifier: 位 (wèi) 4. (coll.) boobies 5. breasts (HSK 1)
一輩子
yī bèi zi — (for) a lifetime (HSK 5)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
外頭
wài tou — outside; outdoors (HSK 6)
mí — to waste (money)
受過
shòu guò — to take the blame (for sb else) (HSK 7-9)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大聲
dà shēng — 1. loud voice 2. in a loud voice 3. loudly (HSK 2)
小氣
xiǎo qì — 1. stingy 2. miserly 3. narrow-minded 4. petty (HSK 7-9)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
來到
lái dào — to arrive; to come (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
shòu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to suffer 4. subjected to 5. to bear 6. to stand 7. pleasant 8. (passive marker) 9. (LGBT) bottom (HSK 3)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
管教
guǎn jiào — 1. to discipline 2. to teach 3. to guarantee (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
lā — 1. (onom.) sound of singing, cheering etc 2. (phonetic) 3. (dialect) to chat (HSK 6)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
娘的
niáng de — same as 媽的 (mā de)

「小养汉老婆……你奶奶,一辈子家里外头靡受过谁的大声小气,今天来到戏台底下受你的管教来啦,你娘的……」

If the person being cursed made no reply, the matter would blow over after a while; but if she answered back, naturally nothing pleasant would be said.Then the two sides would begin fighting, and watermelon rinds and the like would go flying.

bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
若是
ruò shì — if
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
yán — 1. words 2. speech 3. to say 4. to talk
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
了事
liǎo shì — 1. to dispose of a matter 2. to be done with it
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
yán — 1. words 2. speech 3. to say 4. to talk
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
好聽
hǎo tīng — pleasant to hear (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
兩邊
liǎng biān — either side; both sides (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
lā — 1. (onom.) sound of singing, cheering etc 2. (phonetic) 3. (dialect) to chat (HSK 6)
西瓜
xī guā — 1. watermelon 2. classifier: 顆 (kē) (HSK 4)
Pí — surname Pi (HSK 3)
之類
zhī lèi — 1. and so on 2. and such (HSK 6)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
fēi — to fly (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)

被骂的人若是不搭言,过一回也就了事了,若一搭言,自然也没有好听的。于是两边就打了起来啦,西瓜皮之类就飞了过去。

These people had come beneath the stage to watch a play, never expecting to put on one themselves; at once the crowd swarmed over to this living drama of real blows and real abuse.Some hooligans and loafers would deliberately shout their approval, provoking roars of laughter from the whole crowd.If one of the fighters happened to be a young woman, those odious hooligans would make all manner of suggestive jokes, adding fuel to her anger until she cursed more and more fiercely.

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台下
tái xià — 1. off the stage 2. in the audience
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不料
bù liào — 1. unexpectedly 2. to one's surprise (HSK 6)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
yǎn — 1. to perform (a play etc); to stage (a show) 2. (bound form) to develop; to play out; to carry out (a task) (HSK 3)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
一窩蜂
yī wō fēng — like a swarm of bees; in droves (used to describe people flocking to do sth)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
jù — 1. to assemble; to gather (transitive or intransitive) 2. (chemistry) poly- (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
huó — 1. to live 2. alive 3. living 4. work 5. workmanship (HSK 3)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
方面
fāng miàn — 1. respect 2. aspect 3. field 4. side 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有一些
yǒu yī xiē — 1. somewhat 2. rather 3. some
流氓
liú máng — 1. rogue 2. hoodlum 3. gangster 4. immoral behavior (HSK 7-9)
混子
hùn zi — 1. hoodlum 2. person unfit for society
之類
zhī lèi — 1. and so on 2. and such (HSK 6)
故意
gù yì — deliberately; on purpose (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
rě — 1. to provoke 2. to irritate 3. to vex 4. to stir up 5. to anger 6. to attract (troubles) 7. to cause (problems) (HSK 7-9)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
全場
quán chǎng — 1. everyone present 2. the whole audience 3. across-the-board 4. unanimously 5. whole duration (of a competition or match) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
hōng — 1. roar of laughter (onom.) 2. hubbub 3. to roar (as a crowd) (HSK 7-9)
hōng — 1. roar of laughter (onom.) 2. hubbub 3. to roar (as a crowd) (HSK 7-9)
大笑
dà xiào — 1. to laugh heartily 2. a belly laugh
假若
jiǎ ruò — 1. if 2. supposing 3. in case
打仗
dǎ zhàng — 1. to fight a battle 2. to go to war (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
年輕
nián qīng — young (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
討厭
tǎo yàn — 1. to dislike 2. to loathe 3. disagreeable 4. troublesome 5. annoying (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
流氓
liú máng — 1. rogue 2. hoodlum 3. gangster 4. immoral behavior (HSK 7-9)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
各樣
gè yàng — many different types
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
俏皮話
qiào pi huà — 1. witticism 2. wisecrack 3. sarcastic remark 4. double entendre
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
tā — she (HSK 1)
火上加油
huǒ shàng jiā yóu — 1. to add oil to the fire (idiom); fig. to aggravate a situation 2. to enrage people and make matters worse
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
兇猛
xiōng měng — 1. fierce 2. violent 3. ferocious (HSK 7-9)

这来在戏台下看戏的,不料自己竟演起戏来,于是人们一窝蜂似的,都聚在这个真打真骂的活戏的方面来了。也有一些流氓混子之类,故意的叫著好,惹得全场的人哄哄大笑。假若打仗的还是个年轻的女子,那些讨厌的流氓们还会说著各样的俏皮话,使她火上加油越骂就越凶猛。

The old woman, of course, had been in the wrong: she had begun by cursing the other person.But once the uproar went on long enough, it became impossible to tell who was right and who was wrong.

自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
老太太
lǎo tài tai — 1. elderly lady (respectful) 2. esteemed mother 3. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 3)
無理
wú lǐ — 1. irrational 2. unreasonable (HSK 7-9)
tā — she (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
開口
kāi kǒu — 1. to open one's mouth 2. to start to talk (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
看不出
kàn bu chū — can't discern
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

自然那老太太无理,她一开口就骂了人。但是一闹到后来,谁是谁非也就看不出来了。

Fortunately, the actors onstage remained composed and unmoved, still singing away with their ah-la, ah-la.After a time, even the lively fight finally subsided.

幸而
xìng ér — 1. by good fortune 2. luckily
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台上
tái shàng — on stage (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
戲子
xì zi — 1. (derog.) Chinese opera performer 2. (derog.) actor
總算
zǒng suàn — 1. at long last 2. finally 3. on the whole (HSK 5)
沉著
chén zhuó — 1. steady 2. calm and collected 3. not nervous (HSK 7-9)
不為所動
bù wéi suǒ dòng — to remain unmoved
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
阿拉
Ā lā — Allah (Arabic name of God)
阿拉
Ā lā — Allah (Arabic name of God)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
熱鬧
rè nao — 1. bustling with noise and excitement 2. lively (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
平靜
píng jìng — calm; tranquil; serene (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

幸而戏台上的戏子总算沉著,不为所动,还在那里阿拉阿拉的唱。过了一个时候,那打得热闹的也究竟平静了。

There were also some people flirting beneath the stage: wives from the tofu shops on South Street, or the wives of the men who operated the grain rollers and mills.The wife of a grain-roller operator might take a fancy to a cart driver.Or a tofu maker might take a fancy to the young daughter of the family that kept the grain-and-rice shop.Sometimes both sides exchanged amorous glances; sometimes one was attentive while the other made it plain that the admirer was to be kept a thousand li away.In most such cases one side was low and the other high, and their fortunes did not match.

再說
zài shuō — 1. to say again 2. to put off a discussion until later 3. moreover 4. what's more 5. besides (HSK 6)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台下
tái xià — 1. off the stage 2. in the audience
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有一些
yǒu yī xiē — 1. somewhat 2. rather 3. some
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
調情
tiáo qíng — to flirt
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Nán — surname Nan (HSK 1)
jiē — 1. street 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
豆腐
dòu fu — 1. tofu 2. bean curd (HSK 4)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
嫂嫂
sǎo sao — 1. older brother's wife 2. sister-in-law 3. (polite address to a younger married woman) sister
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
碾磨
niǎn mó — 1. to mill 2. to grind 3. grinding stone
Fáng — surname Fang
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
niǎn — 1. stone roller 2. roller and millstone 3. to grind 4. to crush 5. to husk
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
mó — 1. to rub 2. to grind 3. to polish 4. to sharpen 5. to wear down 6. to die out 7. to waste time 8. to pester 9. to insist (HSK 6)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
老婆
lǎo pó — (coll.) wife (HSK 4)
niǎn — 1. stone roller 2. roller and millstone 3. to grind 4. to crush 5. to husk
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
老婆
lǎo pó — (coll.) wife (HSK 4)
看上
kàn shàng — to take a fancy to; to find suitable and choose; to settle on
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
馬車
mǎ chē — 1. cart 2. chariot 3. carriage 4. buggy (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
車夫
chē fū — 1. cart driver 2. coachman
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
豆腐
dòu fu — 1. tofu 2. bean curd (HSK 4)
jiàng — craftsman
看上
kàn shàng — to take a fancy to; to find suitable and choose; to settle on
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
liáng — 1. grain 2. food 3. provisions 4. agricultural tax paid in grain
Mǐ — surname Mi (HSK 2)
pū — 1. to spread 2. to display 3. to set up 4. (old) holder for door-knocker (HSK 6)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
小姑
xiǎo gū — 1. father's youngest sister 2. husband's younger sister; sister-in-law
niáng — 1. mother 2. young lady 3. (coll.) effeminate (HSK 7-9)
有的是
yǒu de shì — 1. have plenty of 2. there's no lack of (HSK 3)
兩方
liǎng fāng — 1. both sides (in contract) 2. the two opposing sides (in a dispute)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
眉來眼去
méi lái yǎn qù — (idiom) to make eyes; to exchange flirting glances with sb
有的是
yǒu de shì — 1. have plenty of 2. there's no lack of (HSK 3)
一方面
yī fāng miàn — on the one hand (HSK 3)
yīn — solicitous
qín — 1. diligent; industrious; hardworking 2. frequent; regular; constant 3. (bound form) work; duty; attendance
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
一方面
yī fāng miàn — on the one hand (HSK 3)
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
表示
biǎo shì — 1. (of sb) to express; to state; to show 2. (of sth) to indicate; to signify; to show 3. expression; manifestation (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
jù — 1. to resist 2. to repel 3. to refuse
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
千里之外
qiān lǐ zhī wài — thousand miles distant
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一邊
yī biān — 1. one side 2. either side 3. on the one hand 4. on the other hand 5. doing while (HSK 1)
dī — 1. low 2. beneath 3. to lower (one's head) 4. to let droop 5. to hang down 6. to incline (HSK 2)
一邊
yī biān — 1. one side 2. either side 3. on the one hand 4. on the other hand 5. doing while (HSK 1)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
兩方
liǎng fāng — 1. both sides (in contract) 2. the two opposing sides (in a dispute)
面的
miàn dī — 1. abbr. of 麵包車的士 (miàn bāo chē dī shì) 2. minivan taxi
資財
zī cái — 1. assets 2. capital and materials
不對
bù duì — 1. incorrect 2. wrong 3. amiss 4. abnormal 5. queer (HSK 1)

再说戏台下边也有一些个调情的,那都是南街豆腐房里的嫂嫂,或是碾磨房的碾官磨官的老婆。碾官的老婆看上了一个赶马车的车夫。或是豆腐匠看上了开粮米铺那家的小姑娘。有的是两方面都眉来眼去,有的是一方面慇勤,他一方面则表示要拒之千里之外。这样的多半是一边低,一边高,两方面的资财不对。

Gentlemen, too, did their share of flirting; seated in the viewing stands, they looked this way and that.Among all their relatives and connections, between brothers-in-law and their wives' younger sisters, a few extra glances were unavoidable, especially when everyone was so prettily dressed and so very good-looking.

紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
調情
tiáo qíng — to flirt
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
之上
zhī shàng — above
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
三親六故
sān qīn liù gù — old friends and relatives
姐夫
jiě fu — (coll.) older sister's husband
小姨
xiǎo yí — 1. mother's youngest sister 2. wife's younger sister; sister-in-law
之間
zhī jiān — 1. (after a noun) between; among; amid 2. (used after certain bisyllabic words to form expressions indicating a short period of time, e.g. 彈指之間 (tán zhǐ zhī jiān)) (HSK 4)
未免
wèi miǎn — 1. unavoidably 2. can't help 3. really 4. rather (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
就要
jiù yào — 1. will 2. shall 3. to be going to (HSK 2)
多看幾眼
duō kàn jǐ yǎn — to take a closer look; to look at (sb or sth) a few more times
何況
hé kuàng — 1. let alone 2. to say nothing of 3. besides 4. what's more (HSK 7-9)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
打扮
dǎ ban — 1. to decorate 2. to dress 3. to make up 4. to adorn 5. manner of dressing 6. style of dress (HSK 5)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
漂亮
piào liang — pretty; beautiful (HSK 2)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
好看
hǎo kàn — 1. good-looking; nice-looking 2. (of a movie, book, TV show etc) good 3. in an embarrassing situation (HSK 1)

绅士之流,也有调情的,彼此都坐在看台之上,东张张,西望望。三亲六故,姐夫小姨之间,未免的就要多看几眼,何况又都打扮得漂亮,非常好看。

When gentlemen ordinarily visited another family's reception room, they could never take a fancy to the family's young lady and stare at her without ceasing. How ungentlemanly that would be, how immoral!If the young lady told her parents, they would at once break off relations with such a friend.The loss of the friendship itself would not matter; what mattered was how badly his reputation would suffer once word got out.A gentleman was refined—how could he behave dishonorably, how could he disregard the distinction between generations and set his heart on a friend's daughter like one of the lower classes?

紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
平常
píng cháng — 1. ordinary 2. common 3. usually 4. ordinarily (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
別人
bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
客廳
kè tīng — 1. living room; sitting room 2. classifier: 間 (jiān) (HSK 5)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
拜訪
bài fǎng — to pay a visit; to call on (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
絕不
jué bù — in no way; not in the least; absolutely not
能夠
néng gòu — 1. to be capable of 2. to be able to 3. can (HSK 2)
看上
kàn shàng — to take a fancy to; to find suitable and choose; to settle on
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小姐
xiǎo jie — 1. young lady 2. miss 3. (slang) prostitute 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
不住
bù zhù — 1. (verb complement) unable to firmly or securely (grasp, recall etc) 2. repeatedly; continuously; constantly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
多麼
duō me — 1. how (wonderful etc) 2. what (a great idea etc) 3. however (difficult it may be etc) 4. (in interrogative sentences) how (much etc) 5. to what extent (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
多麼
duō me — 1. how (wonderful etc) 2. what (a great idea etc) 3. however (difficult it may be etc) 4. (in interrogative sentences) how (much etc) 5. to what extent (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
講道
jiǎng dào — 1. to preach 2. a sermon
Dé — 1. Germany 2. German 3. abbr. for 德國 (Dé guó) (HSK 7-9)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
小姐
xiǎo jie — 1. young lady 2. miss 3. (slang) prostitute 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
告訴
gào sù — to press charges; to file a complaint (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
父母
fù mǔ — father and mother; parents (HSK 3)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
父母
fù mǔ — father and mother; parents (HSK 3)
立刻
lì kè — immediately; at once; right away (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
絕交
jué jiāo — 1. to break off relations 2. to break with sb
絕交
jué jiāo — 1. to break off relations 2. to break with sb
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
不要緊
bù yào jǐn — 1. unimportant 2. not serious 3. it doesn't matter 4. never mind 5. it looks all right, but (HSK 4)
要緊
yào jǐn — 1. important 2. urgent (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
傳出
chuán chū — 1. to transmit outwards 2. to disseminate 3. efferent (nerve) (HSK 6)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
名譽
míng yù — 1. fame 2. reputation 3. honor 4. honorary 5. emeritus (of retired professor) (HSK 6)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
huài — 1. bad 2. spoiled 3. broken 4. to break down 5. (suffix) to the utmost (HSK 1)
紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
高雅
gāo yǎ — 1. dainty 2. elegance 3. elegant (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
能夠
néng gòu — 1. to be capable of 2. to be able to 3. can (HSK 2)
不清
bù qīng — unclear
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
能夠
néng gòu — 1. to be capable of 2. to be able to 3. can (HSK 2)
不分
bù fēn — 1. not to distinguish; to make no distinction 2. (LGBT slang) versatile (open to either penetrative or receptive role)
長幼
zhǎng yòu — 1. older and younger 2. seniority
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
存心
cún xīn — deliberately (HSK 7-9)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
bān — 1. sort 2. kind 3. class 4. way 5. manner
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)

绅士们平常到别人家的客厅去拜访的时候,绝不能够看上了人家的小姐就不住的看,那该多么不绅士,那该多么不讲道德。那小姐若一告诉了她的父母,她的父母立刻就和这样的朋友绝交。绝交了,倒不要紧,要紧的是一传出去名誉该多坏。绅士是高雅的,那能够不清不白的,那能够不分长幼的去存心朋友的女儿,像那般下等人似的。

When gentlemen visited one another, each was first ushered into the reception room, where he sat with perfect dignity; then tea was poured and tobacco prepared.All the rules of propriety were observed, and each honored the other as a person of the upper class.The friend's wife and children would also come out to pay their respects, honoring him as an elder.At such a time, he could only ask how far the eldest young master had progressed in his studies, or how many more characters he had practiced.He could not even converse too freely with his friend's wife, let alone with his friend's daughter.He could not so much as raise his head—how would he dare look at her closely?

紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
拜訪
bài fǎng — to pay a visit; to call on (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
客廳
kè tīng — 1. living room; sitting room 2. classifier: 間 (jiān) (HSK 5)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
duān — 1. (bound form) tip; end; extremity 2. (bound form) aspect; facet 3. (bound form) upright; proper 4. to hold sth level with both hands; to carry 5. to eliminate; to wipe out (HSK 6)
端莊
duān zhuāng — 1. dignified 2. composed
Zhuāng — surname Zhuang
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
而後
ér hòu — 1. after that 2. then
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
chá — 1. tea 2. tea plant 3. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 壺 (hú) (HSK 1)
zhuāng — 1. adornment 2. to adorn 3. dress 4. clothing 5. costume (of an actor in a play) 6. to play a role 7. to pretend 8. to install 9. to fix 10. to wrap (sth in a bag) 11. to load 12. to pack (HSK 2)
yān — 1. cigarette or pipe tobacco 2. classifier: 根 (gēn) 3. smoke 4. mist 5. vapour 6. classifier: 縷 (lǚ) 7. tobacco plant 8. (of the eyes) to be irritated by smoke (HSK 3)
規矩
guī ju — 1. lit. compass and set square 2. fig. established standard 3. rule 4. customs 5. practices 6. fig. upright and honest 7. well-behaved (HSK 7-9)
禮法
lǐ fǎ — 1. etiquette 2. ceremonial rites
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
zūn — 1. senior 2. of a senior generation 3. to honor 4. to respect 5. honorific 6. classifier for cannons and statues 7. ancient wine vessel
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
上等
shàng děng — 1. highest quality 2. top-notch
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
妻子
qī zǐ — wife and children (HSK 4)
兒女
ér nǚ — 1. children; sons and daughters 2. a young man and a young woman (in love) (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
拜見
bài jiàn — 1. to pay a formal visit 2. to call to pay respects 3. to meet one's senior or superior (HSK 7-9)
zūn — 1. senior 2. of a senior generation 3. to honor 4. to respect 5. honorific 6. classifier for cannons and statues 7. ancient wine vessel
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
長者
zhǎng zhě — an elder; a senior
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
這種
zhè zhǒng — this kind of
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
只能
zhǐ néng — 1. can only 2. obliged to do sth 3. to have no other choice (HSK 2)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
少爺
shào ye — 1. son of the boss 2. young master of the house 3. your son (honorific)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shū — abbr. for 書經 (Shū jīng) (HSK 1)
dòu — 1. comma 2. phrase marked by pause (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
多少
duō shǎo — 1. number; amount 2. somewhat (HSK 1)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
多少
duō shǎo — 1. number; amount 2. somewhat (HSK 1)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
太太
tài tai — 1. married woman 2. Mrs. 3. Madam 4. wife 5. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不可以
bù kě yǐ — may not
過多
guò duō — too many; excessive
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
談話
tán huà — 1. to talk (with sb) 2. to have a conversation 3. talk 4. conversation 5. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 3)
何況
hé kuàng — 1. let alone 2. to say nothing of 3. besides 4. what's more (HSK 7-9)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
gòu — 1. enough (sufficient) 2. enough (too much) 3. (coll.) (before adj.) really 4. (coll.) to reach by stretching out (HSK 2)
tái — 1. to lift 2. to raise 3. (of two or more persons) to carry (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
細看
xì kàn — 1. to peer 2. to scan 3. to examine carefully

绅士彼此一拜访的时候,都是先让到客厅里去,端端庄庄的坐在那里,而后倒茶装烟。规矩礼法,彼此都尊为是上等人。朋友的妻子儿女,也都出来拜见,尊为长者。在这种时候,只能问问大少爷的书读了多少,或是又写了多少字了。连朋友的太太也不可以过多的谈话,何况朋友的女儿呢?那就连头也不能够抬的,那里还敢细看。

But here by the opera stage there was probably no harm in looking; if anyone asked, he could say he was merely glancing about to see whether any friends were seated in the other viewing stands.Besides, with so many people and so many eyes in the place, perhaps no one would notice.

現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台上
tái shàng — on stage (HSK 4)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
不要緊
bù yào jǐn — 1. unimportant 2. not serious 3. it doesn't matter 4. never mind 5. it looks all right, but (HSK 4)
假設
jiǎ shè — 1. to suppose 2. to presume 3. to assume 4. supposing that ... 5. if 6. hypothesis 7. conjecture (HSK 7-9)
有人
yǒu rén — 1. someone 2. people 3. anyone 4. there is someone there 5. occupied (as in restroom) (HSK 2)
問道
wèn dào — 1. to ask the way 2. to ask
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
qiáo — 1. to look at 2. to see 3. to see (a doctor) 4. to visit (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
qiáo — 1. to look at 2. to see 3. to see (a doctor) 4. to visit (HSK 5)
是否
shì fǒu — 1. whether (or not) 2. if 3. is or isn't (HSK 4)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
看台
kàn tái — 1. terrace 2. spectator's grandstand 3. viewing platform (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
何況
hé kuàng — 1. let alone 2. to say nothing of 3. besides 4. what's more (HSK 7-9)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
地方
dì fāng — 1. region 2. regional (away from the central administration) 3. local (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
留意
liú yì — 1. to be mindful 2. to pay attention to 3. to take note of (HSK 7-9)

现在在戏台上看看怕不要紧,假设有人问道,就说是东看西看,瞧一瞧是否有朋友在别的看台上。何况这地方又人多眼杂,也许没有人留意。

After looking here and there several times, he might fail to take a fancy to his friend's daughter but instead become enamored of a woman he vaguely remembered seeing somewhere before; holding a little goose-feather fan, she rolled her eyes at him over its tip, and though she was a married woman, she was both young and beautiful.

Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小姐
xiǎo jie — 1. young lady 2. miss 3. (slang) prostitute 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
看上
kàn shàng — to take a fancy to; to find suitable and choose; to settle on
可看
kě kàn — worth seeing
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
什麼地方
shén me dì fang — 1. somewhere 2. someplace 3. where
見到
jiàn dào — to see (HSK 2)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)
婦人
fù rén — married woman
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
婦人
fù rén — married woman
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
小小
xiǎo xiǎo — 1. very small 2. very few 3. very minor
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
é — 1. goose 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī) (HSK 7-9)
líng — 1. tail feathers 2. plume
扇子
shàn zi — 1. fan 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ) (HSK 5)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
扇子
shàn zi — 1. fan 2. classifier: 把 (bǎ) (HSK 5)
shāo — tip of branch
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
這邊
zhè biān — 1. this side 2. here (HSK 1)
zhuǎi — see 轉文 (zhuǎi wén) (HSK 3)
著眼
zhuó yǎn — 1. to have one's eyes on (a goal) 2. having sth in mind 3. to concentrate (HSK 7-9)
zhū — 1. bead 2. pearl 3. classifier: 粒 (lì), 顆 (kē)
雖說
suī shuō — 1. though 2. although (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)
婦人
fù rén — married woman
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
年輕
nián qīng — young (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
漂亮
piào liang — pretty; beautiful (HSK 2)

三看两看的,朋友的小姐倒没有看上,可看上了一个不知道在什么地方见到过的一位妇人,那妇人拿著小小的鹅翎扇子,从扇子梢上往这边转著眼珠,虽说是一位妇人,可是又年轻,又漂亮。

At this point the gentleman ought to stand and whistle, to show that he was delighted; but the old-fashioned gentlemen of our previous generation did not know that trick.They had another trick of their own: with eyes half open and half closed, he would gaze out dreamily, expressing his boundless affection for her.Unfortunately, they were so far apart that she probably could not see clearly, and all his efforts might have gone to waste.

這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
應該
yīng gāi — ought to; should; must (HSK 2)
站起來
zhàn qǐ lai — to stand up
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
口哨
kǒu shào — whistle (HSK 7-9)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
表示
biǎo shì — 1. (of sb) to express; to state; to show 2. (of sth) to indicate; to signify; to show 3. expression; manifestation (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
開心
kāi xīn — 1. to feel happy 2. to rejoice 3. to have a great time 4. to make fun of sb (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
中國
Zhōng guó — China (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. lifetime 2. generation 3. group of people 4. class 5. classifier for generations 6. (literary) classifier for people (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
紳士
shēn shì — gentleman (HSK 7-9)
不會
bù huì — 1. improbable 2. unlikely 3. will not (act, happen etc) 4. not able 5. not having learned to do sth 6. (coll.) (Tw) don't mention it 7. not at all
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
一套
yī tào — 1. suit 2. a set 3. a collection 4. of the same kind 5. the same old stuff 6. set pattern of behavior
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
另外
lìng wài — 1. additional 2. in addition 3. besides 4. separate 5. other 6. moreover 7. furthermore (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有一套
yǒu yī tào — to have a skill; to be savvy; to know how to do sth
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
zhēng — to open (one's eyes) (HSK 7-9)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
zhēng — to open (one's eyes) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
迷離
mí lí — 1. blurred 2. hard to make out distinctly
恍惚
huǎng hū — 1. absent-minded 2. distracted 3. dazzled 4. vaguely 5. dimly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
出去
chū qù — to go out (HSK 1)
表示
biǎo shì — 1. (of sb) to express; to state; to show 2. (of sth) to indicate; to signify; to show 3. expression; manifestation (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
有無
yǒu wú — 1. to have or have not 2. surplus and shortfall 3. tangible and intangible 4. corporeal and incorporeal
xiàn — 1. to limit 2. to restrict 3. (bound form) limit 4. bound (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
情意
qíng yì — friendly regard; affection
可惜
kě xī — 1. it is a pity 2. what a pity 3. unfortunately (HSK 5)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
不會
bù huì — 1. improbable 2. unlikely 3. will not (act, happen etc) 4. not able 5. not having learned to do sth 6. (coll.) (Tw) don't mention it 7. not at all
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
清楚
qīng chu — 1. clear 2. distinct 3. to understand thoroughly 4. to be clear about (HSK 2)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
枉費
wǎng fèi — 1. to waste (one's breath, one's energy etc) 2. to try in vain
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
心思
xīn si — 1. mind 2. thoughts 3. inclination 4. mood (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

这时候,这绅士就应该站起来打著口哨,好表示他是开心的,可是我们中国上一辈的老绅士不会这一套。他另外也有一套,就是他的眼睛似睁非睁的迷离恍惚的望了出去,表示他对她有无限的情意。可惜离得太远,怕不会看得清楚,也许是枉费了心思了。

There were also some beneath the stage who, heeding neither their parents' commands nor the matchmaker's word, bound themselves of their own accord in a lifelong, indissoluble union.These were mostly cousins and the like, the young gentlemen and young ladies of families with some standing and background.With a single promise, they pledged lifelong love to one another.Now and then their parents opposed them, giving rise to many twists and turns.But all those twists and turns were exquisitely beautiful; when people recounted them, they were truly more absorbing than Dream of the Red Chamber.……When the grand opera was performed again the next year, the sisters' talk of these romantic tales brought back no end of memories…

Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. trick 2. drama 3. play 4. show 5. classifier: 齣 (chū), 場 (chǎng), 臺 (tái) (HSK 5)
台下
tái xià — 1. off the stage 2. in the audience
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
父母
fù mǔ — father and mother; parents (HSK 3)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
méi — 1. medium 2. intermediary 3. matchmaker 4. go-between 5. abbr. for 媒體 (méi tǐ), media, esp. news media
yāo — to weigh in a balance or on a scale (HSK 3)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
yán — 1. words 2. speech 3. to say 4. to talk
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
結了
jié le — that's that; that's it; that will do
終生
zhōng shēng — 1. throughout one's life 2. lifetime; lifelong (HSK 7-9)
不解
bù jiě — 1. to not understand 2. to be puzzled by 3. indissoluble (HSK 7-9)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
yuán — 1. cause 2. reason 3. karma 4. fate 5. predestined affinity 6. margin 7. hem 8. edge 9. along
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
表哥
biǎo gē — older male cousin through a female relative
表妹
biǎo mèi — younger female cousin through a female relative
等等
děng děng — 1. et cetera 2. and so on ... 3. wait a minute! 4. hold on!
shāo — 1. somewhat 2. a little (HSK 5)
有點
yǒu diǎn — a little
出身
chū shēn — 1. to be born of 2. to come from 3. family background 4. class origin (HSK 7-9)
來歷
lái lì — 1. history 2. antecedents 3. origin (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
公子
gōng zǐ — 1. son of an official 2. son of nobility 3. your son (honorific)
小姐
xiǎo jie — 1. young lady 2. miss 3. (slang) prostitute 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
行為
xíng wéi — action; conduct; behavior; activity (HSK 2)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
一言為定
yī yán wéi dìng — 1. (idiom) it's a deal 2. that's settled then
終生
zhōng shēng — 1. throughout one's life 2. lifetime; lifelong (HSK 7-9)
和好
hé hǎo — to become reconciled; on good terms with each other
間或
jiàn huò — 1. occasionally 2. now and then
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
父母
fù mǔ — father and mother; parents (HSK 3)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
阻攔
zǔ lán — 1. to stop 2. to obstruct (HSK 7-9)
生出
shēng chū — 1. to give birth 2. to grow (whiskers etc) 3. to generate 4. to produce
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
波折
bō zhé — twists and turns (HSK 7-9)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
波折
bō zhé — twists and turns (HSK 7-9)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
是非
shì fēi — 1. right and wrong 2. quarrel (HSK 7-9)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
美麗
měi lì — beautiful (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
紅樓夢
Hóng lóu Mèng — A Dream of Red Mansions (first completed edition 1791) by Cao Xueqin 曹雪芹 (Cáo Xuě qín), one of the four great novels
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
有趣
yǒu qù — interesting; fascinating; amusing (HSK 4)
wèi — 1. taste 2. smell 3. (fig.) (noun suffix) feel 4. quality 5. sense 6. (TCM) classifier for ingredients of a medicine prescription
來年
lái nián — 1. next year 2. the coming year (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
姊妹
zǐ mèi — 1. (older and younger) sisters 2. sister (school, city etc)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
佳話
jiā huà — story or deed that captures the imagination and is spread far and wide
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
增添
zēng tiān — 1. to add 2. to increase (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
不少
bù shǎo — many; quite a few; a good number of (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
回想
huí xiǎng — 1. to recall 2. to recollect 3. to think back (HSK 7-9)

也有的在戏台下边,不听父母之命,不听媒约之言,自己就结了终生不解之缘。这多半是表哥表妹等等,稍有点出身来历的公子小姐的行为。他们一言为定,终生和好。间或也有被父母所阻拦,生出来许多波折。但那波折都是非常美丽的,使人一讲起来,真是比看《红楼梦》更有趣味。来年再唱大戏的时候,姊妹们一讲起这佳话来,真是增添了不少的回想……

The country people who had driven into town to see the opera made camp on the sandy beach beside the river.At night, when the grand opera ended and everyone went home, those who had come with carts and horses alone remained to spend the night on the beach.Like soldiers on campaign, they made the open air their camp.Some stayed one night and went back the second evening.Others stayed for three nights and did not drive their carts home to the countryside until the grand opera was over.Needless to say, the sandy beach made a magnificent spectacle: at night each family lit a fire, some boiling tea and some chatting; but in the end there were too few people, no more than twenty or thirty carts.Nor did the fires they lit blaze high enough to redden the sky, and so there was something rather desolate about the scene.Late at night, sleeping beside the river, with the river drawing away the warmth, everyone felt a chill as they lay down.The cart drivers and horse tenders in particular could not sleep, for fear that bandits might come and steal their animals, so they sat up awaiting dawn.

gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
進城
jìn chéng — 1. to go to town 2. to enter a big city (to live or work)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
鄉下人
xiāng xià rén — 1. country folk 2. rustic 3. rural folk
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
河邊
hé biān — river bank
沙灘
shā tān — 1. beach 2. sandy shore 3. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
zā — 1. to tie 2. to bind 3. classifier for flowers, banknotes etc: bundle 4. Taiwan pr. (zhá) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yíng — 1. camp 2. barracks 3. battalion 4. to build 5. to operate 6. to manage 7. to strive for
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
夜裡
yè li — 1. during the night 2. at night 3. nighttime (HSK 2)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
sǎn — 1. scattered 2. loose 3. to come loose 4. to fall apart 5. leisurely 6. powdered medicine (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
回家
huí jiā — to return home (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
車帶
chē dài — (vehicle) tire
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
沙灘
shā tān — 1. beach 2. sandy shore 3. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
過夜
guò yè — 1. to spend the night 2. overnight
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
出征
chū zhēng — 1. to go into battle 2. to campaign (military)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
軍人
jūn rén — 1. serviceman 2. soldier 3. military personnel (HSK 5)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
露天
lù tiān — 1. outdoors 2. al fresco 3. in the open (HSK 7-9)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
yíng — 1. camp 2. barracks 3. battalion 4. to build 5. to operate 6. to manage 7. to strive for
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
yè — night (HSK 2)
第二
dì èr — 1. second 2. number two 3. next 4. secondary
yè — night (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
yè — night (HSK 2)
一直
yī zhí — 1. straight (in a straight line) 2. continuously; always; all the way through (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
wán — 1. to finish 2. to be over 3. whole 4. complete 5. entire (HSK 2)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
gǎn — 1. to overtake; to catch up with 2. to hurry; to rush 3. to try to catch (the bus etc) 4. to drive (cattle etc) forward; to drive (sb) away 5. to avail oneself of (an opportunity) 6. until; by (a certain time) (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
車子
chē zi — car or other vehicle (bicycle, truck etc)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
xiāng — 1. country or countryside 2. native place 3. home village or town 4. township (PRC administrative unit) (HSK 5)
不用說
bù yòng shuō — needless to say; it goes without saying (HSK 7-9)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
沙灘
shā tān — 1. beach 2. sandy shore 3. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
雄壯
xióng zhuàng — 1. majestic 2. awesome 3. full of power and grandeur
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
夜裡
yè li — 1. during the night 2. at night 3. nighttime (HSK 2)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
měi — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
rán — 1. to burn 2. to ignite 3. to light 4. fig. to spark off (hopes) 5. to start (debate) 6. to raise (hopes)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Huǒ — surname Huo (HSK 3)
zhǔ — 1. to cook 2. to boil (HSK 6)
chá — 1. tea 2. tea plant 3. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 壺 (hú) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhǔ — 1. to cook 2. to boil (HSK 6)
chá — 1. tea 2. tea plant 3. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 壺 (hú) (HSK 1)
談天
tán tiān — to chat
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
談天
tán tiān — to chat
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
終歸
zhōng guī — in the end; ultimately; after all
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
人數
rén shù — number of people (HSK 2)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
liàng — classifier for vehicles (HSK 2)
車子
chē zi — car or other vehicle (bicycle, truck etc)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
燃起
rán qǐ — 1. to ignite 2. to light 3. fig. to spark off (hopes, controversy, flames of revolution)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Huǒ — surname Huo (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不會
bù huì — 1. improbable 2. unlikely 3. will not (act, happen etc) 4. not able 5. not having learned to do sth 6. (coll.) (Tw) don't mention it 7. not at all
火光
huǒ guāng — 1. flame 2. blaze
chōng — 1. thoroughfare 2. to go straight ahead 3. to rush 4. to clash (HSK 4)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
多少
duō shǎo — 1. number; amount 2. somewhat (HSK 1)
有一些
yǒu yī xiē — 1. somewhat 2. rather 3. some
淒涼
qī liáng — desolate (place) (HSK 7-9)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
gǎn — 1. to feel 2. to move 3. to touch 4. to affect 5. feeling 6. emotion 7. (suffix) sense of ~
yè — night (HSK 2)
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
河邊
hé biān — river bank
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
河水
hé shuǐ — river water
吸著
xī zhuó — sorption (generic term for absorption, adsorption, diffusion, precipitation etc)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
特別
tè bié — 1. unusual; special 2. very; especially; particularly 3. expressly; for a specific purpose 4. (often followed by 是 (shì)) in particular (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. a nap 2. a sleep 3. classifier: 場 (cháng) (HSK 6)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
冷森森
lěng sēn sēn — 1. chilling cold 2. cold and threatening
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
尤其是
yóu qí shì — 1. especially 2. most of all 3. above all 4. in particular
車夫
chē fū — 1. cart driver 2. coachman
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
之類
zhī lèi — 1. and so on 2. and such (HSK 6)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
gòu — 1. enough (sufficient) 2. enough (too much) 3. (coll.) (before adj.) really 4. (coll.) to reach by stretching out (HSK 2)
睡覺
shuì jiào — 1. to go to bed 2. to sleep (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
土匪
tǔ fěi — bandit (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
搶劫
qiǎng jié — 1. to rob 2. looting (HSK 7-9)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
馬匹
mǎ pǐ — horse
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
dāi — to stay; to remain (HSK 5)
dàn — 1. (literary) dawn; daybreak 2. dan, female role in Chinese opera (traditionally played by specialized male actors)

赶著车进城来看戏的乡下人,他们就在河边沙滩上,扎了营了。夜里大戏散了,人们都回家了,只有这等连车带马的,他们就在沙滩上过夜。好像出征的军人似的,露天为营。有的住了一夜,第二夜就回去了。有的住了三夜,一直到大戏唱完,才赶著车子回乡。不用说这沙滩上是很雄壮的,夜里,他们每家燃了火,煮茶的煮茶,谈天的谈天,但终归是人数太少,也不过二三十辆车子。所燃起来的火,也不会火光冲天,所以多少有一些凄凉之感。夜深了,住在河边上,被河水吸著又特别的凉,人家睡起觉来都觉得冷森森的。尤其是车夫马官之类,他们不能够睡觉,怕是有土匪来抢劫他们马匹,所以就坐以待旦。

Under paper lanterns, they gambled in groups of two or three.By the time they had gambled until the sky grew pale, it was time to lead the horses to the riverside for water.There by the river they encountered the crab boats out catching crabs.An old man aboard a crab boat said:

於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhǐ — 1. paper (classifier: 張 (zhāng), 沓 (dá)) 2. classifier for documents, letters etc (HSK 2)
燈籠
dēng lóng — lantern (HSK 7-9)
下邊
xià bian — 1. under 2. the underside 3. below (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
賭錢
dǔ qián — to gamble
dǔ — to bet; to gamble (HSK 6)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
天色
tiān sè — 1. color of the sky 2. time of day, as indicated by the color of the sky 3. weather
發白
fā bái — 1. to turn pale 2. to lose color 3. to go white
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
qiān — 1. to lead along 2. to pull (an animal on a tether) 3. (bound form) to involve 4. to draw in (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
河邊
hé biān — river bank
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
飲水
yǐn shuǐ — 1. to drink water 2. drinking water (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
遇到
yù dào — to meet; to run into; to come across (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhuō — 1. to clutch 2. to grab 3. to capture (HSK 6)
xiè — crab
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiè — crab
chuán — 1. boat 2. vessel 3. ship 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 艘 (sōu), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
xiè — crab
chuán — 1. boat 2. vessel 3. ship 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 艘 (sōu), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
老頭
lǎo tóu — 1. old fellow 2. old man 3. father 4. husband
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

于是在纸灯笼下边,三个两个的赌钱。赌到天色发白了,该牵著马到河边去饮水去了。在河上,遇到了捉蟹的蟹船。蟹船上的老头说:

』。」“Yesterday's The Fisherman's Revenge was performed well. I hear they're doing Fen River Bend today.”

昨天
zuó tiān — yesterday (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
yú — 1. fisherman 2. to fish
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
不錯
bù cuò — 1. correct 2. right 3. not bad 4. pretty good (HSK 2)
聽說
tīng shuō — 1. to hear (sth said) 2. one hears (that) 3. hearsay 4. listening and speaking (HSK 2)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
汾河
Fén hé — Fen River
wān — 1. bay 2. gulf 3. to cast anchor 4. to moor (a boat)

「昨天的『打渔杀家』唱得不错,听说今天有『汾河湾』。」

The man leading his animals to drink knew nothing whatever about grand opera.He heard only the gulping sounds of the animals drinking; as for everything else, he had no answer.

Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
qiān — 1. to lead along 2. to pull (an animal on a tether) 3. (bound form) to involve 4. to draw in (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
牲口
shēng kou — 1. animals used for their physical strength (mules, oxen etc) 2. beast of burden
飲水
yǐn shuǐ — 1. to drink water 2. drinking water (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
常識
cháng shí — common sense; general knowledge (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
聽到
tīng dào — to hear (HSK 1)
牲口
shēng kou — 1. animals used for their physical strength (mules, oxen etc) 2. beast of burden
hē — 1. to drink 2. variant of 嗬 (hē) (HSK 1)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
呵呵
hē hē — 1. (onom.) gentle laughter 2. chuckle
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
其他
qí tā — 1. other 2. (sth or sb) else 3. the rest (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
dā — bound form having the same meaning as the free word 答 (dá), used in 答應 (dā ying), 答理 (dā li) etc (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

那牵著牲口饮水的人,是一点大戏常识也没有的。他只听到牲口喝水的声音呵呵的,其他的则不知所答了。

The great fair at the Temple of the Goddess on the eighteenth day of the fourth month was likewise held for gods and spirits, not for human beings.

四月
Sì yuè — 1. April 2. fourth month (of the lunar year)
十八
shí bā — 1. eighteen 2. 18
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
大會
dà huì — 1. general assembly 2. general meeting 3. convention 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 屆 (jiè) (HSK 4)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
為著
wèi zhe — 1. in order to 2. because of 3. for the sake of
Shén — God (HSK 5)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
為著
wèi zhe — 1. in order to 2. because of 3. for the sake of
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

四月十八娘娘庙大会,这也是为著神鬼,而不是为著人的。

」,The local name for this temple fair was “strolling the temple”; men and women, old and young, all came to stroll, though women were the most numerous.

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
廟會
miào huì — temple fair (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)
名叫
míng jiào — 1. called 2. named
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
fēn — 1. to divide; to separate 2. to distribute; to allocate 3. to distinguish (good and bad) 4. (bound form) branch of (an organization); sub- (as in 分局 (fēn jú)) 5. fraction 6. one tenth (of certain units) 7. unit of length equivalent to 0.33 cm 8. minute (unit of time) 9. minute (angular measurement unit) 10. a point (in sports or games) 11. 0.01 yuan (unit of money) (HSK 1)
男女老幼
nán nǚ lǎo yòu — 1. men, women, young and old 2. everybody
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
其中
qí zhōng — 1. among 2. in 3. included among these (HSK 2)
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
最多
zuì duō — 1. at most 2. maximum 3. greatest (amount) 4. maximal

这庙会的土名叫做「逛庙」,也是无分男女老幼都来逛的,但其中以女子最多。

The women got up in the morning, and after eating breakfast, began to wash and dress themselves up.Once dressed up, they would call on the elder sister from the house to the east and the younger sister from the house to the west, and go off to visit the temple fair.There were even some who, the moment they got up, washed and dressed first — only after dressing did they eat, and as soon as they'd eaten, off they went.In short, on the day of the temple fair, no one wanted to be left behind, and before it was even midmorning, carts and horses streamed like flowing water, the crowd so dense one could hardly breathe.

女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
早晨
zǎo chén — 1. early morning 2. also pr. (zǎo chen) (HSK 2)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
早飯
zǎo fàn — 1. breakfast 2. classifier: 份 (fèn), 頓 (dùn), 次 (cì), 餐 (cān) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
開始
kāi shǐ — 1. to begin 2. beginning 3. to start 4. initial 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
梳洗
shū xǐ — 1. to make oneself presentable 2. to freshen up
打扮
dǎ ban — 1. to decorate 2. to dress 3. to make up 4. to adorn 5. manner of dressing 6. style of dress (HSK 5)
打扮
dǎ ban — 1. to decorate 2. to dress 3. to make up 4. to adorn 5. manner of dressing 6. style of dress (HSK 5)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
yāo — to weigh in a balance or on a scale (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
東家
dōng jiā — 1. master (i.e. employer) 2. landlord 3. boss
姐姐
jiě jie — 1. older sister 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
妹妹
mèi mei — 1. younger sister 2. young woman 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一起
yī qǐ — 1. (in) the same place 2. together; in company (with) 3. altogether; in total 4. an instance of; a case of (murder, accident, dispute etc) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
梳洗
shū xǐ — 1. to make oneself presentable 2. to freshen up
打扮
dǎ ban — 1. to decorate 2. to dress 3. to make up 4. to adorn 5. manner of dressing 6. style of dress (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
打扮
dǎ ban — 1. to decorate 2. to dress 3. to make up 4. to adorn 5. manner of dressing 6. style of dress (HSK 5)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
吃飯
chī fàn — 1. to have a meal 2. to eat 3. to make a living (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
fàn — 1. cooked rice 2. classifier: 碗 (wǎn) 3. meal 4. classifier: 頓 (dùn) 5. (loanword) fan 6. devotee (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
總之
zǒng zhī — 1. in a word 2. in short 3. in brief (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
這天
zhè tiān — this day
gè — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
後人
hòu rén — later generation (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
不了
bù le — no thanks (used to politely but informally decline)
半晌
bàn shǎng — 1. half of the day 2. a long time 3. quite a while
wǔ — 1. 7th earthly branch: 11 a.m.-1 p.m., noon, 5th solar month (6th June-6th July), year of the Horse 2. ancient Chinese compass point: 180° (south)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
車水馬龍
chē shuǐ mǎ lóng — 1. endless stream of horse and carriages (idiom) 2. heavy traffic
擁擠
yōng jǐ — 1. crowded 2. to throng 3. congestion (HSK 7-9)
得氣
dé qì — "to obtain qi", the sensation of electrical tingling, numbness, soreness etc at the meridian where accupuncture needle is inserted
xī — 1. breath 2. news 3. interest (on an investment or loan) 4. to cease 5. to stop 6. to rest 7. Taiwan pr. (xí)
不通
bù tōng — 1. to be obstructed 2. to be blocked up 3. to be impassable 4. to make no sense 5. to be illogical (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

女子们早晨起来,吃了早饭,就开始梳洗打扮。打扮好了,就约了东家姐姐,西家妹妹的去逛庙去了。竟有一起来就先梳洗打扮的,打扮好了,才吃饭,一吃了饭就走了。总之一到逛庙这天,各不后人,到不了半晌午,就车水马龙,拥挤得气息不通了。

Those who'd lost their children in the crush stood there shouting; children who couldn't find their mothers cried amid the crowd — three-year-olds, five-year-olds, and even two-year-olds who had only just learned to walk got swept away and lost as well.

jǐ — 1. to crowd in 2. to cram in 3. to force others aside 4. to press 5. to squeeze 6. to find (time in one's busy schedule) (HSK 5)
diū — 1. to lose 2. to put aside 3. to throw (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
在那兒
zài na r — 1. (adverbial expression indicating that the attention of the subject of the verb is focused on what they are doing, not distracted by anything else) 2. just ...ing (and nothing else)
hǎn — 1. to yell 2. to shout 3. to call out for (a person) (HSK 2)
找不到
zhǎo bu dào — can't find
媽的
mā de — see 他媽的 (tā mā de)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
人叢
rén cóng — crowd of people
裡邊
lǐ bian — inside (HSK 1)
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
剛剛
gāng gang — 1. just recently 2. just a moment ago (HSK 2)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
jǐ — 1. to crowd in 2. to cram in 3. to force others aside 4. to press 5. to squeeze 6. to find (time in one's busy schedule) (HSK 5)
diū — 1. to lose 2. to put aside 3. to throw (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

挤丢了孩子的站在那儿喊,找不到妈的孩子在人丛里边哭,三岁的、五岁的,还有两岁的刚刚会走,竟也被挤丢了。

So every year at the temple fair there had to be a few policemen assigned to collect these lost children.Once collected, they were made to stand on the temple platform, waiting for their family to come claim them.As it happened, all these children were quite timid, mouths open, crying loudly, crying so pitifully, sweat covering their heads and faces.Some were already twelve or thirteen and still got lost; when asked where their home was—」,」,he simply couldn't give a clear account, pointing this way and that, saying that in front of his house there was a little creek where shrimp were found, so it was called "Shrimp Creek" — perhaps that was actually the name of the place where his home was — and hearing this left people utterly baffled.Asked further how far this Shrimp Creek was from the city, he would say: on horseback it takes about the time of one meal to get there, by cart it takes about the time of three meals.Just how far it actually was from the city, he never said.……Asked what his surname was, he said his grandfather was called Shi Er, and his father was called Shi Cheng…At this point you would no longer dare to ask him anything further.If you asked whether he'd eaten yet—:「。」he would answer, 'I slept.' There was simply nothing to be done — just let him be.So there they stood at the temple gate, big and small together, some crying, some shouting, like little animals, with the police standing guard over them.

所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
每年
měi nián — 1. every year 2. each year 3. yearly
廟會
miào huì — temple fair (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
必得
bì děi — 1. must 2. have to
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
警察
jǐng chá — police; police officer (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
shōu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to collect 4. to put away 5. to restrain 6. to stop 7. in care of (used on address line after name) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
台上
tái shàng — on stage (HSK 4)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
家人
jiā rén — 1. family member 2. (old) servant (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
lǐng — 1. neck 2. collar 3. to lead 4. to receive 5. classifier for clothes, mats, screens etc (HSK 3)
偏偏
piān piān — 1. (indicating that sth turns out just the opposite of what one would wish) unfortunately; as it happened 2. (indicating that sth is the opposite of what would be normal or reasonable) stubbornly; contrarily; against reason 3. (indicating that sb or a group is singled out) precisely; only; of all people (HSK 7-9)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
膽小
dǎn xiǎo — 1. cowardice 2. timid (HSK 5)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
zuǐ — 1. mouth 2. beak 3. nozzle 4. spout (of teapot etc) 5. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
大哭
dà kū — to cry loudly
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
實在
shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)
可憐
kě lián — 1. pitiful 2. pathetic 3. to have pity on (HSK 5)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
滿臉
mǎn liǎn — across one's whole face
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hán — see 可汗 (kè hán), 汗國 (hán guó) (HSK 5)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
十二
shí èr — 1. twelve 2. 12
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
diū — 1. to lose 2. to put aside 3. to throw (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
說不出
shuō bu chū — unable to say
所以然
suǒ yǐ rán — the reason why
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
畫畫
huà huà — to draw; to paint
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
家門
jiā mén — 1. house door 2. family clan
kǒu — 1. mouth 2. classifier for things with mouths (people, domestic animals, cannons, wells etc) 3. classifier for bites or mouthfuls (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
小河
xiǎo hé — creek; stream; brook
gōu — 1. ditch 2. gutter 3. groove 4. gully 5. ravine 6. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 5)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
河溝
hé gōu — 1. brook 2. ditch
裡邊
lǐ bian — inside (HSK 1)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
蝦米
xiā mǐ — 1. small shrimp; dried, shelled shrimps 2. (Tw) (coll.) what (from Taiwanese 啥物, Tai-lo pr. [siánn-mih], equivalent to Mandarin 什麼 (shén me))
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
叫做
jiào zuò — to be called; to be known as
há — used in 蝦蟆 (há ma) (HSK 7-9)
gōu — 1. ditch 2. gutter 3. groove 4. gully 5. ravine 6. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 5)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
地名
dì míng — 1. place name 2. toponym (HSK 6)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
há — used in 蝦蟆 (há ma) (HSK 7-9)
gōu — 1. ditch 2. gutter 3. groove 4. gully 5. ravine 6. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 5)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
莫名其妙
mò míng qí miào — (idiom) baffling; bizarre; without rhyme or reason; inexplicable (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
há — used in 蝦蟆 (há ma) (HSK 7-9)
gōu — 1. ditch 2. gutter 3. groove 4. gully 5. ravine 6. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 5)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
騎馬
qí mǎ — to ride a horse
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dùn — 1. to stop 2. to pause 3. to arrange 4. to lay out 5. to kowtow 6. to stamp (one's foot) 7. at once 8. classifier for meals, beatings, scoldings etc: time, bout, spell, meal (HSK 3)
fàn — 1. cooked rice 2. classifier: 碗 (wǎn) 3. meal 4. classifier: 頓 (dùn) 5. (loanword) fan 6. devotee (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
工夫
gōng fū — (old) laborer (HSK 3)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
坐車
zuò chē — to take the car, bus, train etc
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
dùn — 1. to stop 2. to pause 3. to arrange 4. to lay out 5. to kowtow 6. to stamp (one's foot) 7. at once 8. classifier for meals, beatings, scoldings etc: time, bout, spell, meal (HSK 3)
fàn — 1. cooked rice 2. classifier: 碗 (wǎn) 3. meal 4. classifier: 頓 (dùn) 5. (loanword) fan 6. devotee (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
工夫
gōng fū — (old) laborer (HSK 3)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
xìng — 1. family name; surname 2. to be surnamed ... (HSK 2)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
祖父
zǔ fù — 1. father's father 2. paternal grandfather (HSK 6)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
Shǐ — surname Shi
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
父親
fù qīn — 1. father 2. also pr. (fù qin) 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
Shǐ — surname Shi
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
再也
zài yě — (not) ever again; (not) any longer (HSK 5)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
吃飯
chī fàn — 1. to have a meal 2. to eat 3. to make a living (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
睡覺
shuì jiào — 1. to go to bed 2. to sleep (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
辦法
bàn fǎ — 1. way of handling sth; means; measure; (practical) solution to a problem 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Rén — surname Ren (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
小的
xiǎo de — 1. (coll.) young child; the little one(s) of the family 2. (old) (humble) I; me; my (used by a commoner when speaking to an official)
一齊
yī qí — 1. at the same time 2. simultaneously (HSK 6)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
門口
mén kǒu — 1. doorway 2. gate 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
shòu — 1. beast 2. animal 3. beastly 4. bestial
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
警察
jǐng chá — police; police officer (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
看守
kān shǒu — 1. to guard 2. to watch over
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)

所以每年庙会上必得有几个警察在收这些孩子。收了站在庙台上,等著他的家人来领。偏偏这些孩子都很胆小,张著嘴大哭,哭得实在可怜,满头满脸是汗。有的十二三岁了,也被丢了,问他家住在那里?他竟说不出所以然来,东指指,西画画,说是他家门口有一条小河沟,那河沟里边出虾米,就叫做「虾沟子」,也许他家那地名就叫「虾沟子」,听了使人莫名其妙。再问他这虾沟子离城多远,他便说:骑马要一顿饭的工夫可到,坐车要三顿饭的工夫可到。究竟离城多远,他没有说。问他姓什么,他说他祖父叫史二,他父亲叫史成……这样你就再也不敢问他了。要问他吃饭没有?他就说:「睡觉了。」这是没有办法的,任他去吧。于是却连大带小的一齐站在庙门口,他们哭的哭,叫的叫,好像小兽似的,警察在看守他们。

The Temple of the Goddess was on the North Main Street; the Temple of the Lord and the Temple of the Goddess were not very far apart.Those who came to burn incense, though they came seeking sons and grandsons and by rights ought to burn incense to the Goddess first, nevertheless believed that the netherworld likewise valued sons over daughters, and so they dared not defy the natural order.So they all went first to the Temple of the Lord, struck the bell, kowtowed — as if kneeling there to report their presence — and only afterward went on to the Temple of the Goddess.

娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
北大
Běi Dà — Peking University (abbr. for 北京大學
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
不了
bù le — no thanks (used to politely but informally decline)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
燒香
shāo xiāng — to burn incense
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
求子
qiú zǐ — 1. (of a childless couple) to pray for a son 2. to try to have a child
qiú — 1. to seek 2. to look for 3. to request 4. to demand 5. to beseech (HSK 2)
Sūn — surname Sun
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
娘娘
niáng niang — 1. queen 2. empress 3. imperial concubine 4. Goddess, esp. Xi Wangmu 王母娘娘 or 西王母, Queen Mother of the West 5. mother 6. aunt
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
燒香
shāo xiāng — to burn incense
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
人們
rén men — people (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
以為
yǐ wéi — to think; to believe (often with the implication that the belief is mistaken – unless referring to one's own current belief) (HSK 2)
陰間
yīn jiān — 1. the nether world 2. Hades 3. (neologism) (slang) disturbing 4. unsettling 5. awful 6. detestable
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一樣
yī yàng — 1. same 2. like 3. equal to 4. the same as 5. just like (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
重男輕女
zhòng nán qīng nǚ — to value males and attach less importance to females (idiom)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
倒反
dào fǎn — 1. instead 2. on the contrary 3. contrary (to expectations)
天干
tiān gān — the 10 heavenly stems 甲 (jiǎ), 乙 (yǐ), 丙 (bǐng), 丁 (dīng), 戊 (wù), 己 (jǐ), 庚 (gēng), 辛 (xīn), 壬 (rén), 癸 (guǐ), used cyclically in the calendar and as ordinal numbers I, II etc
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
zhōng — 1. a (large) bell (classifier: 架 (jià)) 2. clock (classifier: 座 (zuò)) 3. amount of time; o'clock (classifier: 點 (diǎn), 分 (fēn), 秒 (miǎo)) (as in 三點鐘 (sān diǎn zhōng) "three o'clock" or "three hours" or 五分鐘 (wǔ fēn zhōng) "five minutes" etc) (HSK 3)
kē — 1. to tap; to knock (against sth hard); (esp.) to knock (mud from boots, ash from a pipe etc) 2. (fandom slang) to be into (a character relationship, dynamic, or trope) (HSK 7-9)
過頭
guò tóu — 1. to overdo it 2. to overstep the limit 3. excessively 4. above one's head 5. overhead (HSK 7-9)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
guì — to kneel (HSK 6)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
bào — 1. to report; to inform; to announce 2. to respond; to reply 3. to sign up for; to register for (abbr. for 報名 (bào míng)) 4. to reward; to recompense 5. to take revenge; to retaliate 6. newspaper 7. periodical; journal 8. bulletin 9. telegram (HSK 3)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
而後
ér hòu — 1. after that 2. then
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

娘娘庙是在北大街上,老爷庙和娘娘庙离不了好远。那些烧香的人,虽然说是求子求孙,是先该向娘娘来烧香的,但是人们都以为阴间也是一样的重男轻女,所以不敢倒反天干。所以都是先到老爷庙去,打过钟,磕过头,好像跪到那里报个到似的,而后才上娘娘庙去。

In the Temple of the Lord there were more than ten large clay idols; no one knew which one was actually the Lord, for they all had the same air of towering majesty and world-surpassing might.Some of the clay idols had had their fingertips broken off by people climbing on them, and stood there holding up fingerless hands; some had had their eyes gouged out, so that they looked like blind men.On some of the idols' toes a whole bunch of words had been scrawled, words not very refined, not really befitting a deity's station.It seemed to say that the idol too ought to take a wife, or else, seeing the monks go off to visit the little nuns, he would surely grow jealous.These words are no longer there now; this is only what is told.

老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
zūn — 1. senior 2. of a senior generation 3. to honor 4. to respect 5. honorific 6. classifier for cannons and statues 7. ancient wine vessel
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
那個
nà ge — 1. that one 2. that thing 3. that (as opposed to this) 4. (used before a verb or adjective for emphasis) 5. (used to humorously or indirectly refer to sth embarrassing, funny etc, or when one can't think of the right word) 6. (used in speech as a filler, similar to "umm", "you know" etc) 7. (euph.) menstruation 8. sex 9. also pr. (nèi ge)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
威風凜凜
wēi fēng lǐn lǐn — 1. majestic 2. awe-inspiring presence 3. impressive power
氣概
qì gài — 1. lofty quality 2. mettle 3. spirit
蓋世
gài shì — 1. unrivalled 2. matchless
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
手指
shǒu zhǐ — 1. finger 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 3)
jiān — 1. pointed; tapering; sharp 2. (of a sound) shrill; piercing 3. (of one's hearing, sight etc) sharp; acute; keen 4. to make (one's voice) shrill 5. sharp point; tip 6. the best of sth; the cream of the crop (HSK 6)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
pān — 1. to climb (by pulling oneself up) 2. to implicate 3. to claim connections of higher status (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jǔ — 1. to lift 2. to hold up 3. to cite 4. to enumerate 5. to act 6. to raise 7. to choose 8. to elect 9. act 10. move 11. deed (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
手指
shǒu zhǐ — 1. finger 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
wā — 1. to dig 2. to excavate 3. to scoop out (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
瞎子
xiā zi — blind person
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
腳趾
jiǎo zhǐ — toe
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
duī — 1. to pile up 2. to heap up 3. a mass 4. pile 5. heap 6. stack 7. large amount (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
高雅
gāo yǎ — 1. dainty 2. elegance 3. elegant (HSK 7-9)
不怎麼
bù zěn me — 1. not very 2. not particularly (HSK 6)
合乎
hé hū — to accord with; to conform to (HSK 7-9)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
身份
shēn fèn — identity; aspect of one's identity (e.g. mayor, father, permanent resident); role; capacity (as in "in his capacity as ..." 以 (yǐ) + ... + 的身份 (de shēn fèn)); status (social, legal etc); position; rank (HSK 4)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
qǔ — 1. to take a wife 2. to marry (a woman) (HSK 7-9)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
老婆
lǎo pó — (coll.) wife (HSK 4)
不然
bù rán — 1. not so 2. no 3. or else 4. otherwise 5. if not 6. How about ...? (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
和尚
hé shang — Buddhist monk (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zhǎo — 1. to try to find 2. to look for 3. to call on sb 4. to find 5. to seek 6. to return 7. to give change (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
尼姑
ní gū — Buddhist nun
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
忌妒
jì du — to be jealous of; to envy
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
傳說
chuán shuō — 1. legend; folk tale 2. to repeat from mouth to mouth; they say that... (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)

老爷庙有大泥像十多尊,不知道那个是老爷,都是威风凛凛,气概盖世的样子。有的泥像的手指尖都被攀了去,举著没有手指的手在那里站著,有的眼睛被挖了,像是个瞎子似的。有的泥像的脚趾是被写了一大堆的字,那字不太高雅,不怎么合乎神的身份。似乎是说泥像也该娶个老婆,不然他看了和尚去找小尼姑,他是要忌妒的。这字现在没有了,传说是这样。

Because of this, the county magistrate issued an order that, except on the first and fifteenth of the month, the temple gates were all to be locked, and no idle people allowed in.

為了
wèi le — for; for the purpose of; in order to (HSK 3)
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
縣官
xiàn guān — 1. district magistrate 2. county magistrate
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
líng — 1. used in 脊令 (jí líng) 2. used in 令狐 (Líng hú) (Taiwan pr. (lìng)) (HSK 5)
不到
bù dào — 1. not to arrive 2. not reaching 3. insufficient 4. less than
初一
chū yī — 1. first year in junior middle school 2. first day of a lunar month
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
一律
yī lǜ — 1. same; identical 2. uniformly; all; without exception (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
門鎖
mén suǒ — door lock
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
不准
bù zhǔn — 1. not to allow 2. to forbid 3. to prohibit (HSK 7-9)
閒人
xián rén — 1. idle person; idler 2. person who has no legitimate reason to be in a certain place
進去
jìn qù — to go in (HSK 1)

为了这个,县官下了手令,不到初一、十五,一律的把庙门锁起来,不准闲人进去。

The local county magistrate was a man who set great store by benevolence, righteousness, and morality.It was said that his fifth concubine had been brought over from a nunnery.So he remained firmly convinced that nuns would never go looking for monks.That nuns had been grouped together with monks since ancient times was, in fact, simply because people never looked into it and just repeated what others said.Take for instance the county magistrate's fifth concubine, who was herself a former nun.Could it be that she too had once been visited by a monk?That was simply impossible.

當地
dāng dì — local (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
縣官
xiàn guān — 1. district magistrate 2. county magistrate
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
仁義道德
rén yì dào dé — 1. compassion, duty, propriety and integrity (idiom); all the traditional virtues 2. mainly used sarcastically, to mean hypocritical
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
傳說
chuán shuō — 1. legend; folk tale 2. to repeat from mouth to mouth; they say that... (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
第五
dì wǔ — fifth
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
姨太太
yí tài tai — concubine
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
尼姑
ní gū — Buddhist nun
ān — 1. hut 2. small temple 3. nunnery
jiē — 1. to receive 2. to answer (the phone) 3. to meet or welcome sb 4. to connect 5. to catch 6. to join 7. to extend 8. to take one's turn on duty 9. to take over for sb (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
始終
shǐ zhōng — 1. from beginning to end 2. all along (HSK 3)
相信
xiāng xìn — to believe; to be convinced; to accept as true (HSK 2)
尼姑
ní gū — Buddhist nun
絕不
jué bù — in no way; not in the least; absolutely not
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
zhǎo — 1. to try to find 2. to look for 3. to call on sb 4. to find 5. to seek 6. to return 7. to give change (HSK 1)
和尚
hé shang — Buddhist monk (HSK 7-9)
自古
zì gǔ — 1. (since) ancient times 2. (from) time immemorial
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
尼姑
ní gū — Buddhist nun
liè — 1. to arrange 2. to line up 3. file 4. series 5. (in data tables) column 6. (Tw) row (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
和尚
hé shang — Buddhist monk (HSK 7-9)
一起
yī qǐ — 1. (in) the same place 2. together; in company (with) 3. altogether; in total 4. an instance of; a case of (murder, accident, dispute etc) (HSK 1)
其實
qí shí — actually; in fact; really (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
世人
shì rén — people (in general); people around the world; everyone
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
Zhā — surname Zha (HSK 2)
人云亦云
rén yún yì yún — 1. to say what everyone says (idiom) 2. to conform to what one perceives to be the majority view 3. to follow the herd
好比
hǎo bǐ — to be just like; can be compared to (HSK 7-9)
縣官
xiàn guān — 1. district magistrate 2. county magistrate
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
第五
dì wǔ — fifth
Fáng — surname Fang
姨太太
yí tài tai — concubine
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
尼姑
ní gū — Buddhist nun
難道
nán dào — 1. don't tell me ... 2. could it be that...? (HSK 3)
tā — she (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
和尚
hé shang — Buddhist monk (HSK 7-9)
zhǎo — 1. to try to find 2. to look for 3. to call on sb 4. to find 5. to seek 6. to return 7. to give change (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
má — (coll.) what? (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
不可能
bù kě néng — impossible; cannot
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

当地的县官是很讲仁义道德的。传说他第五个姨太太,就是从尼姑庵接来的。所以他始终相信尼姑绝不会找和尚。自古就把尼姑列在和尚一起,其实是世人不查,人云亦云。好比县官的第五房姨太太,就是个尼姑。难道她也被和尚找过了吗?这是不可能的。

And so he ordered that the temple gates all be shut.

所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
下令
xià lìng — to give an order; to issue an order (HSK 7-9)
一律
yī lǜ — 1. same; identical 2. uniformly; all; without exception (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

所以下令一律的把庙门关了。

The Temple of the Goddess was comparatively peaceful; it too had a number of clay idols, mostly female, and most of them did not have fierce, glaring brows and eyes but looked much like ordinary people, so that one walking into the main hall need not feel afraid.Needless to say, the Goddess herself was naturally a fine, gentle woman.Even the female ghosts were not particularly fierce — at most their hair was disheveled and that was all, quite unlike the idols in the Temple of the Lord, with fire blazing from their eyes, or mouths gaping open like a tiger's.

娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
比較
bǐ jiào — 1. to compare 2. to contrast 3. comparatively 4. relatively 5. quite 6. comparison (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
清靜
qīng jìng — 1. quiet 2. peaceful and quiet (HSK 7-9)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有一些
yǒu yī xiē — 1. somewhat 2. rather 3. some
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
橫眉豎眼
héng méi shù yǎn — 1. to scowl fiercely 2. to glare
近乎
jìn hu — 1. close to 2. intimate
普通人
pǔ tōng rén — 1. ordinary person 2. private citizen 3. people 4. the person in the street (HSK 7-9)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
走進
zǒu jìn — to enter; to step into (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
大殿
dà diàn — main hall of a Buddhist temple
不必
bù bì — 1. need not 2. does not have to 3. not necessarily (HSK 3)
害怕
hài pà — to be afraid; to be scared (HSK 3)
不用說
bù yòng shuō — needless to say; it goes without saying (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
娘娘
niáng niang — 1. queen 2. empress 3. imperial concubine 4. Goddess, esp. Xi Wangmu 王母娘娘 or 西王母, Queen Mother of the West 5. mother 6. aunt
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
溫順
wēn shùn — 1. docile 2. meek
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女性
nǚ xìng — 1. woman 2. the female sex (HSK 5)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
nǚ — 1. female 2. woman 3. daughter (HSK 1)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
怎樣
zěn yàng — 1. how 2. what kind (HSK 2)
ě — used in 惡心 (ě xīn) (HSK 7-9)
至多
zhì duō — 1. up to the maximum 2. upper limit 3. at most
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
披頭散髮
pī tóu sàn fà — 1. with dishevelled hair (idiom) 2. with one's hair down
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jué — 1. to decide 2. to determine 3. to execute (sb) 4. (of a dam etc) to breach or burst 5. definitely 6. certainly
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
bān — 1. sort 2. kind 3. class 4. way 5. manner
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
Mào — surname Mao (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Huǒ — surname Huo (HSK 3)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
老虎
lǎo hǔ — 1. tiger 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
zuǐ — 1. mouth 2. beak 3. nozzle 4. spout (of teapot etc) 5. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)

娘娘庙里比较的清静,泥像也有一些个,以女子为多,多半都没有横眉竖眼,近乎普通人,使人走进了大殿不必害怕。不用说是娘娘了,那自然是很好的温顺的女性。就说女鬼吧,也都不怎样恶,至多也不过披头散发的就完了,也决没有像老爷庙里那般泥像似的,眼睛冒了火,或像老虎似的张著嘴。

Not only did some children, entering the Temple of the Lord, cry in fright, but even men in the prime of life felt an awed reverence upon entering, as if to say that even though he was in his prime, should that idol come walking over to fight him, he would certainly be no match for it.

不但
bù dàn — not only (... but also ...) (HSK 2)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
hè — 1. to scare 2. to intimidate 3. to threaten 4. (interjection showing disapproval) tut-tut 5. (interjection showing astonishment) (HSK 5)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
大哭
dà kū — to cry loudly
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Lián — surname Lian (HSK 3)
壯年
zhuàng nián — 1. lit. robust years 2. prime of life 3. summer 4. able-bodied (fit for military service) 5. mature (talent, garden etc)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
進去
jìn qù — to go in (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
肅然起敬
sù rán qǐ jìng — to feel deep veneration for sb (idiom)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
壯年
zhuàng nián — 1. lit. robust years 2. prime of life 3. summer 4. able-bodied (fit for military service) 5. mature (talent, garden etc)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
走過
zǒu guò — 1. to walk past 2. to pass by (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jué — 1. to cut short 2. extinct 3. to disappear 4. to vanish 5. absolutely 6. by no means (HSK 6)
打不過
dǎ bu guò — to be unable to defeat; to be no match for (sb)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

不但孩子进了老爷庙有的吓得大哭,就连壮年的男人进去也要肃然起敬,好像说虽然他在壮年,那泥像若走过来和他打打,他也绝打不过那泥像的。

So those who kowtowed in the Temple of the Lord did so with rather more genuine devotion, because that idol was tall of stature and mighty of strength.

所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
磕頭
kē tóu — to kowtow (traditional greeting, esp. to a superior, involving kneeling and pressing one's forehead to the ground)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
心裡
xīn li — 1. chest 2. heart; mind (HSK 2)
比較
bǐ jiào — 1. to compare 2. to contrast 3. comparatively 4. relatively 5. quite 6. comparison (HSK 3)
虔誠
qián chéng — 1. pious 2. devout 3. sincere (HSK 7-9)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
身子
shēn zi — 1. body 2. pregnancy 3. health (HSK 7-9)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
力氣
lì qi — physical strength (HSK 4)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)

所以在老爷庙上磕头的人,心里比较虔诚,因为那泥像,身子高、力气大。

When they reached the Temple of the Goddess, although they kowtowed there too, they always somehow felt that the Goddess had nothing particularly remarkable about her.

到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
磕頭
kē tóu — to kowtow (traditional greeting, esp. to a superior, involving kneeling and pressing one's forehead to the ground)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
娘娘
niáng niang — 1. queen 2. empress 3. imperial concubine 4. Goddess, esp. Xi Wangmu 王母娘娘 or 西王母, Queen Mother of the West 5. mother 6. aunt
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
出奇
chū qí — 1. extraordinary 2. exceptional 3. unusual
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
chǔ — 1. to reside 2. to live 3. to dwell 4. to be in 5. to be situated at 6. to stay 7. to get along with 8. to be in a position of 9. to deal with 10. to discipline 11. to punish (HSK 4)

到了娘娘庙,虽然也磕头,但就总觉得那娘娘没有什么出奇之处。

The men who sculpted these clay idols made the women very gentle and meek, as if they held women in great respect.They made the men very fierce and savage, as if the male sex were something bad.But in fact this is wrong — of all the men in the world, however fierce, one has yet to see one with actual fire blazing from his eyes.Take Westerners, for instance — though their eyes differ from those of the Chinese, they are merely a pale blue, somewhat resembling an owl's eyes, and none of them have ever actually blazed with fire either.A race of people whose eyes can blaze with fire has not yet been discovered anywhere in the present world.So then why did the sculptors of these clay idols make them look that way?It was simply to make you feel dread at first sight, so that you would not only kowtow but submit in your heart as well.So that even after finishing your kowtow and standing up to look again, you would never regret it — never feel you had kowtowed in vain to some plain, unremarkable person.As for why the sculptors made the women so gentle and meek, that was simply to tell people: the gentle are the docile, and the docile are easy to bully — telling people, in effect, come and bully them.

sù — 1. to model (a figure) in clay 2. (bound form) plastic (i.e. the synthetic material)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
sù — 1. to model (a figure) in clay 2. (bound form) plastic (i.e. the synthetic material)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
溫順
wēn shùn — 1. docile 2. meek
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
尊敬
zūn jìng — 1. to respect; to revere; to esteem 2. honorable; distinguished (used on formal occasions before a term of address) (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
sù — 1. to model (a figure) in clay 2. (bound form) plastic (i.e. the synthetic material)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
兇猛
xiōng měng — 1. fierce 2. violent 3. ferocious (HSK 7-9)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
男性
nán xìng — 1. the male sex 2. a male (HSK 5)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
不好
bù hǎo — no good
其實
qí shí — actually; in fact; really (HSK 3)
不對
bù duì — 1. incorrect 2. wrong 3. amiss 4. abnormal 5. queer (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
世界
shì jiè — world (HSK 3)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
無論
wú lùn — 1. no matter what or how 2. regardless of whether... (HSK 4)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
兇猛
xiōng měng — 1. fierce 2. violent 3. ferocious (HSK 7-9)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
冒火
mào huǒ — 1. to get angry 2. to burn with rage
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
未曾
wèi céng — hasn't (or haven't); hasn't ever
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
西洋人
xī yáng rén — Westerner
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
中國人
Zhōng guó rén — Chinese person
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
不同
bù tóng — 1. different 2. distinct 3. not the same 4. not alike (HSK 2)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
wǎ — 1. roof tile 2. abbr. for 瓦特 (wǎ tè) (HSK 7-9)
wǎ — 1. roof tile 2. abbr. for 瓦特 (wǎ tè) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
有點
yǒu diǎn — a little
類似
lèi sì — similar; analogous (HSK 3)
貓頭鷹
māo tóu yīng — owl
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
而已
ér yǐ — 1. that's all 2. nothing more (HSK 7-9)
居然
jū rán — 1. unexpectedly 2. to one's surprise 3. go so far as to (HSK 5)
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
Mào — surname Mao (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Huǒ — surname Huo (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
冒火
mào huǒ — 1. to get angry 2. to burn with rage
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
民族
mín zú — nationality; ethnic group (HSK 3)
目前
mù qián — 1. at the present time 2. currently (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
世界
shì jiè — world (HSK 3)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
發現
fā xiàn — 1. to notice; to become aware of 2. to discover; to find; to detect 3. a discovery (HSK 2)
那麼
nà me — 1. like that; in that way; to that extent 2. (before a number) ... or so; about ... 3. then; in that case (HSK 2)
sù — 1. to model (a figure) in clay 2. (bound form) plastic (i.e. the synthetic material)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人為
rén wéi — 1. artificial 2. man-made 3. having human cause or origin 4. human attempt or effort (HSK 7-9)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
sù — 1. to model (a figure) in clay 2. (bound form) plastic (i.e. the synthetic material)
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
那個
nà ge — 1. that one 2. that thing 3. that (as opposed to this) 4. (used before a verb or adjective for emphasis) 5. (used to humorously or indirectly refer to sth embarrassing, funny etc, or when one can't think of the right word) 6. (used in speech as a filler, similar to "umm", "you know" etc) 7. (euph.) menstruation 8. sex 9. also pr. (nèi ge)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
生畏
shēng wèi — to feel intimidated
不但
bù dàn — not only (... but also ...) (HSK 2)
磕頭
kē tóu — to kowtow (traditional greeting, esp. to a superior, involving kneeling and pressing one's forehead to the ground)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
心服
xīn fú — 1. to accept wholeheartedly 2. to embrace 3. to be won over
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
kē — 1. to tap; to knock (against sth hard); (esp.) to knock (mud from boots, ash from a pipe etc) 2. (fandom slang) to be into (a character relationship, dynamic, or trope) (HSK 7-9)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
站起
zhàn qǐ — 1. to get up on hind legs (esp. of horse) 2. to stand 3. to spring up
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
絕不
jué bù — in no way; not in the least; absolutely not
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
後悔
hòu huǐ — to regret; to feel remorse (HSK 5)
不會
bù huì — 1. improbable 2. unlikely 3. will not (act, happen etc) 4. not able 5. not having learned to do sth 6. (coll.) (Tw) don't mention it 7. not at all
後悔
hòu huǐ — to regret; to feel remorse (HSK 5)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
平庸
píng yōng — 1. mediocre 2. indifferent 3. commonplace
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
jī — odd (number)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
白白
bái bái — 1. in vain 2. to no purpose 3. for nothing 4. white (HSK 7-9)
kē — 1. to tap; to knock (against sth hard); (esp.) to knock (mud from boots, ash from a pipe etc) 2. (fandom slang) to be into (a character relationship, dynamic, or trope) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
至於
zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)
塑像
sù xiàng — 1. to sculpt or mold a statue (by shaping a pliable material such as clay, plaster or wax, which may later be cast in metal – as distinct from carving in stone or wood) 2. a statue created through such a process
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
sù — 1. to model (a figure) in clay 2. (bound form) plastic (i.e. the synthetic material)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
為什麼
wèi shén me — 1. why? 2. for what reason? (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
那麼
nà me — 1. like that; in that way; to that extent 2. (before a number) ... or so; about ... 3. then; in that case (HSK 2)
溫順
wēn shùn — 1. docile 2. meek
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
告訴
gào sù — to press charges; to file a complaint (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
溫順
wēn shùn — 1. docile 2. meek
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
老實
lǎo shi — 1. honest; sincere 2. well-behaved 3. naive; gullible (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
老實
lǎo shi — 1. honest; sincere 2. well-behaved 3. naive; gullible (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
欺侮
qī wǔ — to bully
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
告訴
gào sù — to press charges; to file a complaint (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
kuài — 1. rapid 2. quick 3. speed 4. rate 5. soon 6. almost 7. to make haste 8. clever 9. sharp (of knives or wits) 10. forthright 11. plainspoken 12. gratified 13. pleased 14. pleasant (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
欺侮
qī wǔ — to bully
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

塑泥像的人是男人,他把女人塑得很温顺,似乎对女人很尊敬。他把男人塑得很凶猛,似乎男性很不好。其实不对的,世界上的男人,无论多凶猛,眼睛冒火的似乎还未曾见过。就说西洋人吧,虽然与中国人的眼睛不同,但也不过是蓝瓦瓦的有点类似猫头鹰眼睛而已,居然间冒了火的也没有。眼睛会冒火的民族,目前的世界还未发现。那么塑泥像的人为什么把他塑成那个样子呢?那就是让你一见生畏,不但磕头,而且要心服。就是磕完了头站起再看著,也绝不会后悔,不会后悔这头是向一个平庸无奇的人白白磕了。至于塑像的人塑起女子来为什么要那么温顺,那就告诉人,温顺的就是老实的,老实的就是好欺侮的,告诉人快来欺侮她们吧。

For if a person is docile, not only will those unlike them come to bully them, but even their own kind will show no sympathy.

rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
老實
lǎo shi — 1. honest; sincere 2. well-behaved 3. naive; gullible (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
不但
bù dàn — not only (... but also ...) (HSK 2)
異類
yì lèi — different kind (sometimes with a connotation of strangeness or eccentricity)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
欺侮
qī wǔ — to bully
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
同類
tóng lèi — 1. similar 2. same type 3. alike (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不同
bù tóng — 1. different 2. distinct 3. not the same 4. not alike (HSK 2)
qíng — 1. (bound form) feelings; emotion; sentiment; passion 2. (bound form) situation; condition (HSK 7-9)

人若老实了,不但异类要来欺侮,就是同类也不同情。

For instance, when women went to worship at the Temple of the Goddess, it was really nothing more than begging the Goddess for sons and grandsons.Once they'd finished asking, they came right out again — beyond that, there was no real sense of reverence.They felt that the Goddess of Sons and Grandsons was, after all, just an ordinary woman, only with rather more children than most.

比方
bǐ fang — 1. analogy; illustrative example 2. for instance (HSK 5)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
bài — 1. to bow to; to pay one's respects 2. (bound form) to extend greetings (on a specific occasion) 3. to make a courtesy call 4. (bound form) (of a monarch) to appoint sb to (a position) by performing a ceremony 5. to acknowledge sb as one's (master, godfather etc) 6. (used before some verbs to indicate politeness)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
娘娘
niáng niang — 1. queen 2. empress 3. imperial concubine 4. Goddess, esp. Xi Wangmu 王母娘娘 or 西王母, Queen Mother of the West 5. mother 6. aunt
tǎo — 1. to invite 2. to provoke 3. to demand or ask for 4. to send armed forces to suppress 5. to denounce or condemn 6. to marry (a woman) 7. to discuss or study (HSK 7-9)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
tǎo — 1. to invite 2. to provoke 3. to demand or ask for 4. to send armed forces to suppress 5. to denounce or condemn 6. to marry (a woman) 7. to discuss or study (HSK 7-9)
Sūn — surname Sun
tǎo — 1. to invite 2. to provoke 3. to demand or ask for 4. to send armed forces to suppress 5. to denounce or condemn 6. to marry (a woman) 7. to discuss or study (HSK 7-9)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
其餘
qí yú — 1. the rest 2. the others 3. remaining 4. remainder 5. apart from them (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
尊敬
zūn jìng — 1. to respect; to revere; to esteem 2. honorable; distinguished (used on formal occasions before a term of address) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
意思
yì si — 1. idea 2. opinion 3. meaning 4. wish 5. desire 6. interest 7. fun 8. token of appreciation, affection etc 9. classifier: 個 (gè) 10. to give as a small token 11. to do sth as a gesture of goodwill etc (HSK 2)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
子孫娘娘
zǐ sūn niáng niang — goddess of fertility
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
普通
pǔ tōng — 1. common 2. ordinary 3. general 4. average (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女子
nǚ zǐ — 1. woman 2. female (HSK 3)
而已
ér yǐ — 1. that's all 2. nothing more (HSK 7-9)
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一些
yī xiē — some; a few; a little; (following an adjective) slightly ...er (HSK 1)

比方女子去拜过了娘娘庙,也不过向娘娘讨子讨孙。讨完了就出来了,其余的并没有什么尊敬的意思。觉得子孙娘娘也不过是个普通的女子而已,只是她的孩子多了一些。

So when a man beat his wife, he would say:

所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
老婆
lǎo pó — (coll.) wife (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

所以男人打老婆的时候便说:

'Even the Goddess has to fear a beating from the Lord —!」how much more you, a gossiping shrew!'

娘娘
niáng niang — 1. queen 2. empress 3. imperial concubine 4. Goddess, esp. Xi Wangmu 王母娘娘 or 西王母, Queen Mother of the West 5. mother 6. aunt
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
老爺
lǎo ye — 1. (respectful) lord 2. master 3. (coll.) maternal grandfather
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
何況
hé kuàng — 1. let alone 2. to say nothing of 3. besides 4. what's more (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
長舌婦
cháng shé fù — 1. female gossip 2. busybody

「娘娘还得怕老爷打呢?何况你一个长舌妇!」

From this one can see that a man beating a woman was regarded as the natural order of Heaven itself, the same among gods and ghosts alike.No wonder the Goddess in the temple was so especially gentle and meek — it was, after all, because she was often beaten.This shows that gentleness is not so much some fine, inborn nature as it is the result of being beaten.Or perhaps even the very cause that invites the beating.

可見
kě jiàn — 1. it can clearly be seen (that this is the case) 2. it is (thus) clear 3. clear 4. visible (HSK 4)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
天理
tiān lǐ — 1. Heaven's law 2. the natural order of things
應該
yīng gāi — ought to; should; must (HSK 2)
Shén — God (HSK 5)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
齊一
qí yī — uniform
怪不得
guài bu de — 1. no wonder! 2. so that's why! (HSK 7-9)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
娘娘
niáng niang — 1. queen 2. empress 3. imperial concubine 4. Goddess, esp. Xi Wangmu 王母娘娘 or 西王母, Queen Mother of the West 5. mother 6. aunt
特別
tè bié — 1. unusual; special 2. very; especially; particularly 3. expressly; for a specific purpose 4. (often followed by 是 (shì)) in particular (HSK 2)
溫順
wēn shùn — 1. docile 2. meek
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
常常
cháng cháng — frequently; often (HSK 1)
挨打
ái dǎ — to take a beating; to come under attack (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
緣故
yuán gù — 1. reason 2. cause (HSK 6)
可見
kě jiàn — 1. it can clearly be seen (that this is the case) 2. it is (thus) clear 3. clear 4. visible (HSK 4)
溫順
wēn shùn — 1. docile 2. meek
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
優良
yōu liáng — 1. fine 2. good 3. first-rate (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
天性
tiān xìng — 1. nature 2. innate tendency (HSK 7-9)
而是
ér shì — rather (HSK 4)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
打的
dǎ dī — 1. (coll.) to take a taxi 2. to go by taxi
結果
jiē guǒ — to bear fruit (HSK 2)
甚或
shèn huò — 1. so much so that 2. to the extent that 3. even
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
招打
zhāo dǎ — to ask for a beating
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
原由
yuán yóu — variant of 緣由 (yuán yóu)

可见男人打女人是天理应该,神鬼齐一。怪不得那娘娘庙里的娘娘特别温顺,原来是常常挨打的缘故。可见温顺也不是怎么优良的天性,而是被打的结果。甚或是招打的原由。

Those who had worshipped at both temples then came out and crowded into the streets.On the street, every sort of toy was for sale, most of them suited to small children of just a few years old.There were clay roosters made of mud, with two red feathers stuck in the tail — not lifelike in the least, and yet somehow, looking at them, they seemed even prettier than a real live one.Anyone with a small child at home could hardly avoid buying one.Especially since, when held to the mouth and blown, it would let out a hooting sound.Having bought the clay rooster, one would then spot the little clay figures, which also had a hole in the back with a reed stuck into it, that sounded when blown.The sound was rather like a complaint, not very pleasant to hear, but the children all loved it, and the mothers were sure to buy one too.As for the rest — sellers of whistles, sellers of little flutes, sellers of paper-money butterflies, sellers of roly-poly dolls — among these the roly-poly doll was the most famous and the most elaborately made; every household bought one, the rich buying big ones and the poor buying small ones.The big ones stood over a foot high, even close to two feet.The small ones were as tiny as a duck egg.Whatever their size, they were all extremely lively — press them down and they'd pop right back up, springing up so fast, righting themselves the instant your hand let go.Buying a roly-poly required testing it on the spot, for occasionally one made by an inexperienced craftsman, its bottom too large, would refuse to tip over at all, or, once tipped over, would simply refuse to get back up.So buyers of roly-polys would reach out their hands and knock every one of them down, buying whichever one stood up first; and at the moment of that tipping and righting it was truly comical — children would crowd around the stall just to laugh at it.The roly-poly doll was very handsome to look at, white and plump.It did not actually look like an old man at all — it was simply that its name happened to be 'old man who never falls.'In truth it was a fat little child.The more elaborately made ones even had a tuft of fur pasted on top of the head to serve as hair.Ones with hair cost two hundred cash more than those without.Some children, when it came time to buy, insisted stubbornly on one with hair, but the mother, unwilling to part with the extra two hundred cash, would say she'd clip some dog fur at home and paste it on instead.But the child would insist absolutely on one with hair, picking out one that had it and clutching it to his chest, refusing to let go.There was nothing for it but to buy that one.The child held it happily the whole way home, but by the time they got there and looked, that tuft of hair had somehow already blown away, no one knew when.And so the child wept loudly.Although the mother then clipped a tuft of dog fur and pasted it on, the child still always felt that this dog fur wasn't the real thing, and not as handsome as the original.Perhaps what had been pasted on originally was dog fur too, and perhaps even less handsome than this new one.But still the child remained unhappy, and stayed gloomy for the whole rest of the afternoon.

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
bài — 1. to bow to; to pay one's respects 2. (bound form) to extend greetings (on a specific occasion) 3. to make a courtesy call 4. (bound form) (of a monarch) to appoint sb to (a position) by performing a ceremony 5. to acknowledge sb as one's (master, godfather etc) 6. (used before some verbs to indicate politeness)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
擁擠
yōng jǐ — 1. crowded 2. to throng 3. congestion (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
玩具
wán jù — 1. plaything 2. toy (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
多半
duō bàn — 1. most 2. mostly 3. most likely (HSK 6)
玩具
wán jù — 1. plaything 2. toy (HSK 3)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Shì — surname Shi
yú — 1. (of time or place) in; at; on 2. (indicating any indirect relation) to; toward; vis-à-vis; with regard to; for 3. (indicating a source) from; out of 4. (used in comparison) than 5. (used in the passive voice) by (HSK 6)
幾歲
jǐ suì — how old are you? (familiar, or to a child)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小孩子
xiǎo hái zi — child
wán — 1. to play 2. to have fun 3. to trifle with 4. toy 5. sth used for amusement 6. curio or antique (Taiwan pr. (wàn)) 7. to keep sth for entertainment
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
公雞
gōng jī — cock; rooster (HSK 6)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
尾巴
wěi ba — 1. tail 2. colloquial pr. (yǐ ba) (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
chā — 1. to insert 2. stick in 3. pierce 4. to take part in 5. to interfere 6. to interpose (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gēn — 1. root 2. basis 3. classifier for long slender objects, e.g. cigarettes, guitar strings 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 5. radical (chemistry) (HSK 4)
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
雞毛
jī máo — 1. chicken feather 2. classifier: 根 (gēn) 3. trivial
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
huó — 1. to live 2. alive 3. living 4. work 5. workmanship (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
好看
hǎo kàn — 1. good-looking; nice-looking 2. (of a movie, book, TV show etc) good 3. in an embarrassing situation (HSK 1)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
小孩子
xiǎo hái zi — child
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不能不
bù néng bù — 1. have to 2. cannot but (HSK 5)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
何況
hé kuàng — 1. let alone 2. to say nothing of 3. besides 4. what's more (HSK 7-9)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zuǐ — 1. mouth 2. beak 3. nozzle 4. spout (of teapot etc) 5. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
嗚嗚
wū wū — (interj) boo hoo
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
公雞
gōng jī — cock; rooster (HSK 6)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
泥人
ní rén — clay figurine
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
泥人
ní rén — clay figurine
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bēi — 1. to carry on one's back 2. (fig.) to bear; to shoulder (a burden, blame etc) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
dòng — 1. cave 2. hole 3. zero (unambiguous spoken form when spelling out numbers) 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 5)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
dòng — 1. cave 2. hole 3. zero (unambiguous spoken form when spelling out numbers) 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 5)
裡邊
lǐ bian — inside (HSK 1)
chā — 1. to insert 2. stick in 3. pierce 4. to take part in 5. to interfere 6. to interpose (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
gēn — 1. root 2. basis 3. classifier for long slender objects, e.g. cigarettes, guitar strings 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 5. radical (chemistry) (HSK 4)
蘆葦
lú wěi — reed
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. echo 2. sound 3. noise 4. to make a sound 5. to sound 6. to ring 7. loud 8. classifier for noises (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
sù — 1. to complain 2. to sue 3. to tell
yuàn — 1. to blame 2. (bound form) resentment; hatred; grudge (HSK 5)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
不太好
bù tài hǎo — 1. not so good 2. not too well
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
孩子們
hái zi men — children
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
喜歡
xǐ huan — to like; to be fond of (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
一定
yī dìng — 1. surely; certainly; definitely 2. fixed; settled 3. a certain ...; a given ... (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
其餘
qí yú — 1. the rest 2. the others 3. remaining 4. remainder 5. apart from them (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
哨子
shào zi — whistle
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
笛子
dí zi — 1. bamboo flute 2. classifier: 管 (guǎn) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
賣錢
mài qián — to make money by selling sth
蝴蝶
hú dié — 1. butterfly 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
其中
qí zhōng — 1. among 2. in 3. included among these (HSK 2)
Yóu — surname You
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
zuì — 1. (before an adjective or verb) to the highest degree; (the) most ...; -est 2. (after 之 (zhī)) best or most extreme example (e.g. 世界之最 (shì jiè zhī zuì) "the greatest in the world") (HSK 1)
著名
zhù míng — 1. famous 2. noted 3. well-known 4. celebrated (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
最為
zuì wéi — the most
講究
jiǎng jiu — 1. to pay particular attention to 2. carefully selected for quality 3. tastefully chosen (HSK 4)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
有錢
yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
小的
xiǎo de — 1. (coll.) young child; the little one(s) of the family 2. (old) (humble) I; me; my (used by a commoner when speaking to an official)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chě — one of the characters used to represent a musical note in gongche notation, 工尺譜 (gōng chě pǔ) (HSK 4)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
chě — one of the characters used to represent a musical note in gongche notation, 工尺譜 (gōng chě pǔ) (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
小的
xiǎo de — 1. (coll.) young child; the little one(s) of the family 2. (old) (humble) I; me; my (used by a commoner when speaking to an official)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
yā — 1. duck (classifier: 隻 (zhī)) 2. (slang) male prostitute
Dàn — variant of 蜑 (Dàn) (HSK 2)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
無論
wú lùn — 1. no matter what or how 2. regardless of whether... (HSK 4)
大小
dà xiǎo — 1. large and small 2. size 3. adults and children 4. consideration of seniority 5. at any rate (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
靈活
líng huó — 1. flexible 2. nimble 3. agile (HSK 6)
àn — 1. to press 2. to push 3. to leave aside or shelve 4. to control 5. to restrain 6. to keep one's hand on 7. to check or refer to 8. according to 9. in the light of 10. (of an editor or author) to make a comment (HSK 3)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
kuài — 1. rapid 2. quick 3. speed 4. rate 5. soon 6. almost 7. to make haste 8. clever 9. sharp (of knives or wits) 10. forthright 11. plainspoken 12. gratified 13. pleased 14. pleasant (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
隨手
suí shǒu — 1. conveniently 2. without extra trouble 3. while doing it 4. in passing (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
當場
dāng chǎng — at the scene; on the spot (HSK 5)
試驗
shì yàn — 1. experiment 2. test 3. classifier: 次 (cì), 個 (gè) 4. to experiment 5. experimental (HSK 3)
間或
jiàn huò — 1. occasionally 2. now and then
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
生手
shēng shǒu — 1. novice 2. new hand 3. sb new to a job
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
工匠
gōng jiàng — 1. artisan 2. smith
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
做出
zuò chū — 1. to put out 2. to issue
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)
屁股
pì gu — 1. buttocks 2. bottom 3. butt 4. back part
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
不願
bù yuàn — unwilling
yì — 1. (bound form) idea; thought; meaning; sense 2. (bound form) intention; feeling; inclination; state of mind 3. (bound form) Italy (abbr. for 意大利 (Yì dà lì))
倒下
dǎo xià — 1. to collapse 2. to topple over (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
倒下
dǎo xià — 1. to collapse 2. to topple over (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
把手
bǎ shǒu — to shake hands (HSK 7-9)
伸出
shēn chū — to extend
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
一律
yī lǜ — 1. same; identical 2. uniformly; all; without exception (HSK 4)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
àn — 1. to press 2. to push 3. to leave aside or shelve 4. to control 5. to restrain 6. to keep one's hand on 7. to check or refer to 8. according to 9. in the light of 10. (of an editor or author) to make a comment (HSK 3)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
那個
nà ge — 1. that one 2. that thing 3. that (as opposed to this) 4. (used before a verb or adjective for emphasis) 5. (used to humorously or indirectly refer to sth embarrassing, funny etc, or when one can't think of the right word) 6. (used in speech as a filler, similar to "umm", "you know" etc) 7. (euph.) menstruation 8. sex 9. also pr. (nèi ge)
xiān — 1. beforehand; first; earlier 2. at first; originally 3. for the time being; for now 4. (prefix) my late (in referring to deceased relatives older than oneself) (HSK 1)
站起來
zhàn qǐ lai — to stand up
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
那個
nà ge — 1. that one 2. that thing 3. that (as opposed to this) 4. (used before a verb or adjective for emphasis) 5. (used to humorously or indirectly refer to sth embarrassing, funny etc, or when one can't think of the right word) 6. (used in speech as a filler, similar to "umm", "you know" etc) 7. (euph.) menstruation 8. sex 9. also pr. (nèi ge)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
一起
yī qǐ — 1. (in) the same place 2. together; in company (with) 3. altogether; in total 4. an instance of; a case of (murder, accident, dispute etc) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
可笑
kě xiào — 1. funny 2. ridiculous (HSK 7-9)
攤子
tān zi — 1. booth; vendor's stall 2. (fig.) organizational structure; scale of operations
旁邊
páng biān — side; adjacent place (HSK 1)
Wéi — surname Wei (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
zhuān — 1. for a particular person, occasion, purpose 2. focused on one thing 3. special 4. expert 5. particular (to sth) 6. concentrated 7. specialized
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
長得
zhǎng de — to look (pretty, the same etc)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
好看
hǎo kàn — 1. good-looking; nice-looking 2. (of a movie, book, TV show etc) good 3. in an embarrassing situation (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
pán — 1. healthy 2. at ease (HSK 3)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
老翁
lǎo wēng — old man
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
名字
míng zi — name (of a person or thing) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
其實
qí shí — actually; in fact; really (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
pán — 1. healthy 2. at ease (HSK 3)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
講究
jiǎng jiu — 1. to pay particular attention to 2. carefully selected for quality 3. tastefully chosen (HSK 4)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
頭頂
tóu dǐng — top of the head (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
tiē — 1. to stick 2. to paste 3. to post (e.g. on a blog) 4. to keep close to 5. to fit snugly 6. to subsidize 7. allowance (e.g. money for food or housing) 8. sticker 9. classifier for sticking plaster: strip (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cù — 1. (bound form) to cluster; to pile up 2. cluster; pile 3. classifier for bunches, clusters, piles etc
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
算是
suàn shì — 1. considered to be 2. at last (HSK 6)
頭髮
tóu fa — hair (on the head) (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
頭髮
tóu fa — hair (on the head) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
頭髮
tóu fa — hair (on the head) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
Guì — short name for Guizhou 貴州 (Guì zhōu) (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
力爭
lì zhēng — 1. to work hard for 2. to do all one can 3. to contend strongly (HSK 7-9)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
頭髮
tóu fa — hair (on the head) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
捨不得
shě bu de — 1. to hate to do sth 2. to hate to part with 3. to begrudge (HSK 5)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
說到
shuō dào — 1. to talk about 2. to mention 3. (preposition) as for
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Jiǎn — surname Jian (HSK 5)
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
gǒu — 1. dog 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
tiē — 1. to stick 2. to paste 3. to post (e.g. on a blog) 4. to keep close to 5. to fit snugly 6. to subsidize 7. allowance (e.g. money for food or housing) 8. sticker 9. classifier for sticking plaster: strip (HSK 4)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
非要
fēi yào — to want absolutely; to insist on (doing sth)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不可
bù kě — cannot; should not; must not
xuǎn — 1. to choose 2. to pick 3. to select 4. to elect (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bào — 1. to hold 2. to carry (in one's arms) 3. to hug 4. to embrace 5. to surround 6. to cherish 7. (coll.) (of clothes) to fit nicely (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
懷裡
huái lǐ — 1. embrace 2. bosom (HSK 7-9)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
沒有法
méi yǒu fǎ — 1. at a loss 2. unable to do anything about it 3. to have no choice
只得
zhǐ dé — to have no alternative but to; to be obliged to (HSK 6)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
bào — 1. to hold 2. to carry (in one's arms) 3. to hug 4. to embrace 5. to surround 6. to cherish 7. (coll.) (of clothes) to fit nicely (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
歡喜
huān xǐ — 1. happy 2. joyous 3. delighted 4. to like 5. to be fond of
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一路
yī lù — 1. the whole journey 2. all the way 3. going the same way 4. going in the same direction 5. of the same kind (HSK 5)
等到
děng dào — 1. to wait until 2. by the time when (sth is ready etc) (HSK 2)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
cù — 1. (bound form) to cluster; to pile up 2. cluster; pile 3. classifier for bunches, clusters, piles etc
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
什麼時候
shén me shí hou — when?; at what time?
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
fēi — to fly (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
大哭
dà kū — to cry loudly
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
母親
mǔ qīn — mother (HSK 3)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
Jiǎn — surname Jian (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
cù — 1. (bound form) to cluster; to pile up 2. cluster; pile 3. classifier for bunches, clusters, piles etc
gǒu — 1. dog 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
tiē — 1. to stick 2. to paste 3. to post (e.g. on a blog) 4. to keep close to 5. to fit snugly 6. to subsidize 7. allowance (e.g. money for food or housing) 8. sticker 9. classifier for sticking plaster: strip (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
gǒu — 1. dog 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
真的
zhēn de — 1. really; truly; indeed 2. real; true; genuine 3. (math.) proper (HSK 1)
不如
bù rú — 1. not equal to; not as good as; inferior to 2. it would be better to (HSK 2)
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
好看
hǎo kàn — 1. good-looking; nice-looking 2. (of a movie, book, TV show etc) good 3. in an embarrassing situation (HSK 1)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
tiē — 1. to stick 2. to paste 3. to post (e.g. on a blog) 4. to keep close to 5. to fit snugly 6. to subsidize 7. allowance (e.g. money for food or housing) 8. sticker 9. classifier for sticking plaster: strip (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
gǒu — 1. dog 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
Máo — surname Mao (HSK 1)
或許
huò xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 4)
還不如
hái bù rú — 1. to be better off ... 2. might as well ...
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
好看
hǎo kàn — 1. good-looking; nice-looking 2. (of a movie, book, TV show etc) good 3. in an embarrassing situation (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
孩子
hái zi — child (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
開心
kāi xīn — 1. to feel happy 2. to rejoice 3. to have a great time 4. to make fun of sb (HSK 2)
憂愁
yōu chóu — to be worried (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
下半天
xià bàn tiān — afternoon

两个庙都拜过了的人,就出来了拥挤在街上。街上卖什么玩具的都有,多半玩具都是适于几岁的小孩子玩的。泥做的泥公鸡,鸡尾巴上插著两根红鸡毛,一点也不像,可是使人看去,就比活的更好看。家里有小孩子的不能不买。何况拿在嘴上一吹又会呜呜的响。买了泥公鸡,又看见了小泥人,小泥人的背上也有一个洞,这洞里边插著一根芦苇,一吹就响。那声音好像是诉怨似的,不太好听,但是孩子们都喜欢,做母亲的也一定要买。其余的如卖哨子的,卖小笛子的,卖钱蝴蝶的,卖不倒翁的,其中尤以不倒翁最著名,也最为讲究,家家都买,有钱的买大的,没有钱的,买个小的。大的有一尺多高,二尺来高。小的有小得像个鸭蛋似的。无论大小,都非常灵活,按倒了就起来,起得很快,是随手就起来的。买不倒翁要当场试验,间或有生手的工匠所做出来的不倒翁,因屁股太大了,他不愿意倒下,也有的倒下了他就不起来。所以买不倒翁的人就把手伸出去,一律把他们按倒,看那个先站起来就买那个,当那一倒一起的时候真是可笑,摊子旁边围了些孩子,专在那里笑。不倒翁长得很好看,又白又胖。并不是老翁的样子,也不过他的名字叫不倒翁就是了。其实他是一个胖孩子。做得讲究一点的,头顶上还贴了一簇毛算是头发。有头发的比没有头发的要贵二百钱。有的孩子买的时候力争要戴头发的,做母亲的舍不得那二百钱,就说到家给他剪点狗毛贴。孩子非要戴毛的不可,选了一个戴毛的抱在怀里不放。没有法只得买了。这孩子抱著欢喜了一路,等到家一看,那簇毛不知什么时候已经飞了。于是孩子大哭。虽然母亲已经给剪了簇狗毛贴上了,但那孩子就总觉得这狗毛不是真的,不如原来的好看。也许那原来也贴的是狗毛,或许还不如现在的这个好看。但那孩子就总不开心,忧愁了一个下半天。

By the afternoon the temple fair would break up.Though the fair itself broke up, the temple gates remained open, and people still kept coming to burn incense and worship the Buddha.Some women who had no sons would still play tricks on the Goddess at her temple.They would nail a button onto the back of the Goddess of Sons and Grandsons, tie a band around her feet, hang an earring on her ear, put a pair of spectacles on her, and secretly steal away one of the clay baby-dolls beside her.It was said that doing this would ensure they'd all bear sons the following year.

廟會
miào huì — temple fair (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
下半天
xià bàn tiān — afternoon
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
sǎn — 1. scattered 2. loose 3. to come loose 4. to fall apart 5. leisurely 6. powdered medicine (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
廟會
miào huì — temple fair (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
sǎn — 1. scattered 2. loose 3. to come loose 4. to fall apart 5. leisurely 6. powdered medicine (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
燒香
shāo xiāng — to burn incense
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
拜佛
bài Fó — to worship Buddha
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
繼續
jì xù — to continue; to proceed with; to go on with (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
兒子
ér zi — son (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
婦女
fù nǚ — woman (HSK 6)
仍舊
réng jiù — 1. still (remaining) 2. to remain (the same) 3. yet (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
捉弄
zhuō nòng — to tease
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
娘娘
niáng niang — 1. queen 2. empress 3. imperial concubine 4. Goddess, esp. Xi Wangmu 王母娘娘 or 西王母, Queen Mother of the West 5. mother 6. aunt
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
子孫娘娘
zǐ sūn niáng niang — goddess of fertility
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
背後
bèi hòu — 1. behind 2. at the back 3. in the rear 4. behind sb's back (HSK 3)
dīng — 1. nail 2. to follow closely 3. to keep at sb (to do sth) 4. variant of 盯 (dīng) (HSK 7-9)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
Niǔ — surname Niu
kòu — 1. to fasten 2. to button 3. button 4. buckle 5. knot 6. to arrest 7. to confiscate 8. to deduct (money) 9. discount 10. to knock 11. to smash, spike or dunk (a ball) 12. to cover (with a bowl etc) 13. (fig.) to tag a label on sb 14. (Tw) (loanword) code (HSK 6)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiǎo — 1. foot 2. leg (of an animal or an object) 3. base (of an object) 4. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) 5. classifier for kicks (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
bǎng — 1. to tie 2. bind or fasten together 3. to kidnap (HSK 7-9)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
帶子
dài zi — 1. belt; band; ribbon; strap; girdle 2. (coll.) audio or video tape 3. Farrer's scallop (Chlamys farreri) 4. comb pen shell (Atrina pectinata)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
guà — 1. to hang; to suspend (from a hook etc) 2. to hang up (the phone) 3. (of a line) to be dead 4. to be worried; to be concerned 5. (dialect) to make a phone call 6. to register (at a hospital); to make an appointment (with a doctor) 7. (slang) to kill; to die; to be finished; to fail (an exam) 8. classifier for sets or clusters of objects (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
耳環
ěr huán — 1. earring 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 對 (duì)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
fù — 1. secondary 2. auxiliary 3. deputy 4. assistant 5. vice- 6. abbr. for 副詞 adverb 7. classifier for pairs, sets of things & facial expressions (HSK 6)
眼鏡
yǎn jìng — 1. spectacles 2. eyeglasses 3. classifier: 副 (fù) (HSK 4)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
tā — she (HSK 1)
旁邊
páng biān — side; adjacent place (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
娃娃
wá wa — 1. baby 2. small child 3. doll (HSK 6)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
tōu — 1. to steal 2. to pilfer 3. to snatch 4. thief 5. stealthily (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
bào — 1. to hold 2. to carry (in one's arms) 3. to hug 4. to embrace 5. to surround 6. to cherish 7. (coll.) (of clothes) to fit nicely (HSK 4)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
據說
jù shuō — it is said that; reportedly (HSK 3)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
來年
lái nián — 1. next year 2. the coming year (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
都會
dū huì — 1. city 2. metropolis (HSK 7-9)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
兒子
ér zi — son (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

庙会到下半天就散了。虽然庙会是散了,可是庙门还开著,烧香的人、拜佛的人继续的还有。有些没有儿子的妇女,仍旧在娘娘庙上捉弄著娘娘。给子孙娘娘的背后钉一个钮扣,给她的脚上绑一条带子,耳朵上挂一只耳环,给她戴一副眼镜,把她旁边的泥娃娃给偷著抱走了一个。据说这样做,来年就都会生儿子的。

At the gate of the Temple of the Goddess there were an especially great many sellers of bands, and the women all vied to buy them, believing that buying a band would 'bring' them a son.

娘娘廟
Niáng niáng miào — temple of Goddess of Fertility
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
門口
mén kǒu — 1. doorway 2. gate 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
mài — 1. to sell 2. to betray 3. to spare no effort 4. to show off or flaunt (HSK 2)
帶子
dài zi — 1. belt; band; ribbon; strap; girdle 2. (coll.) audio or video tape 3. Farrer's scallop (Chlamys farreri) 4. comb pen shell (Atrina pectinata)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
特別
tè bié — 1. unusual; special 2. very; especially; particularly 3. expressly; for a specific purpose 4. (often followed by 是 (shì)) in particular (HSK 2)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
婦人
fù rén — married woman
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
zhēng — 1. to strive for 2. to vie for 3. to argue or debate 4. deficient or lacking (dialect) 5. how or what (literary) (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
她們
tā men — they; them (females) (HSK 1)
相信
xiāng xìn — to believe; to be convinced; to accept as true (HSK 2)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
帶子
dài zi — 1. belt; band; ribbon; strap; girdle 2. (coll.) audio or video tape 3. Farrer's scallop (Chlamys farreri) 4. comb pen shell (Atrina pectinata)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
把兒
bà r — a handle
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
帶來
dài lái — 1. to bring 2. (fig.) to bring about; to produce (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

娘娘庙的门口,卖带子的特别多,妇人们都争著去买,她们相信买了带子,就会把儿子给带来了。

If an unmarried daughter should mistakenly buy such a thing, it would become a laughingstock for everyone.

若是
ruò shì — if
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
出嫁
chū jià — to get married (of woman)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
女兒
nǚ ér — daughter (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
wù — 1. mistake 2. error 3. to miss 4. to harm 5. to delay 6. to neglect 7. mistakenly (HSK 6)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
東西
dōng xī — east and west (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
成為
chéng wéi — to become; to turn into (HSK 2)
大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
笑柄
xiào bǐng — 1. a matter for ridicule 2. an object of ridicule 3. laughingstock
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

若是未出嫁的女儿,也误买了这东西,那就将成为大家的笑柄了。

Once the temple fair had passed, every household had a roly-poly doll; even those who lived as far as eighteen li from the city all bought one to take home.Back home, they set it facing the entrance, so that anyone could see at a single glance that their household indeed had a roly-poly doll.Sure enough — this proved that at temple-fair time their family hadn't been left behind, that they had indeed gone to the fair.

廟會
miào huì — temple fair (HSK 7-9)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
家家戶戶
jiā jiā hù hù — 1. each and every family (idiom) 2. every household (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. to arrive 2. most 3. to 4. until (HSK 5)
十八
shí bā — 1. eighteen 2. 18
Lǐ — surname Li (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
bǎi — 1. to arrange 2. to exhibit 3. to move to and fro 4. a pendulum (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
yíng — 1. to welcome; to meet 2. to forge ahead (esp. in the face of difficulties); to meet face to face (HSK 7-9)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
kǒu — 1. mouth 2. classifier for things with mouths (people, domestic animals, cannons, wells etc) 3. classifier for bites or mouthfuls (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
別人
bié ren — other people; others; other person (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
què — 1. authenticated 2. solid 3. firm 4. real 5. true
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
不倒翁
bù dǎo wēng — roly-poly toy
不差
bù chā — to not lack
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
證明
zhèng míng — 1. proof 2. certificate 3. identification 4. testimonial 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. to prove 7. to testify 8. to confirm the truth of (HSK 3)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
廟會
miào huì — temple fair (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時節
shí jié — season; time (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
落伍
luò wǔ — 1. to fall behind the ranks 2. to be outdated
的確
dí què — 1. really 2. indeed (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

庙会一过,家家户户就都有一个不倒翁,离城远至十八里路的,也都买了一个回去。回到家里,摆在迎门的向口,使别人一个眼就看见了,他家的确有一个不倒翁。不差,这证明逛庙会的时节他家并没有落伍,的确是去逛过了。

As the folk rhyme goes:

歌謠
gē yáo — 1. folksong 2. ballad 3. nursery rhyme
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

歌谣上说:

。」'Little big sister, off to the fair, swaying and swinging, walking so fair, comes home again with a roly-poly to spare.'

xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
大姐
dà jiě — 1. big sister 2. elder sister 3. older sister (also polite term of address for a girl or woman slightly older than the speaker) (HSK 4)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
niǔ — 1. to turn 2. to twist 3. to wring 4. to sprain 5. to swing one's hips (HSK 6)
niǔ — 1. to turn 2. to twist 3. to wring 4. to sprain 5. to swing one's hips (HSK 6)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
dā — 1. to put up 2. to build (scaffolding) 3. to hang (clothes on a pole) 4. to connect 5. to join 6. to arrange in pairs 7. to match 8. to add 9. to throw in (resources) 10. to take (boat, train) 11. variant of 褡 (dā) (HSK 6)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qiào — 1. good-looking 2. charming 3. (of goods) in great demand 4. (coll.) to season (food)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
bān — 1. to move (i.e. relocate oneself) 2. to move (sth relatively heavy or bulky) 3. to shift 4. to copy indiscriminately (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)

「小大姐,去逛庙,扭扭搭搭走的俏,回来买个搬不倒。」

All these grand doings were done for the sake of ghosts, not for the sake of the living.As for people going to watch the operas or visit the temple fair, that was really nothing more than getting a little something extra on the side.

這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
盛舉
shèng jǔ — 1. grand event 2. magnificent undertaking
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
並非
bìng fēi — really isn't (HSK 7-9)
為人
wéi rén — 1. to conduct oneself 2. behavior; conduct; personal character (HSK 7-9)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
至於
zhì yú — 1. as for 2. as to 3. to go so far as to (HSK 6)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
看戲
kàn xì — 1. to watch a play 2. to watch passively (i.e. from the sidelines, from the crowd)
guàng — 1. to stroll 2. to visit (HSK 4)
miào — 1. temple 2. ancestral shrine 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. temple fair 5. great imperial hall 6. imperial (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
揩油
kāi yóu — 1. to secretively take advantage of others or public resources for minor personal gain 2. to grope a woman or girl
借光
jiè guāng — 1. excuse me (i.e. let me through, please) 2. reflected glory 3. to benefit from sb else's prestige
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
意思
yì si — 1. idea 2. opinion 3. meaning 4. wish 5. desire 6. interest 7. fun 8. token of appreciation, affection etc 9. classifier: 個 (gè) 10. to give as a small token 11. to do sth as a gesture of goodwill etc (HSK 2)

这些盛举,都是为鬼而做的,并非为人而做的。至于人去看戏、逛庙,也不过是揩油借光的意思。

The shamanic dances were for the ghosts; the grand operas were performed for the Dragon King to watch; the river lanterns set afloat on the fifteenth of the seventh month were released for the ghosts, so that each might carry a lantern on its head as it went off to be reborn.The eighteenth of the fourth month too was a day of burning incense and kowtowing to make offerings to the ghosts.

跳大神
tiào dà shén — (of a shaman) to dance and chant frenziedly in a trance, communicating with spirits or deities to expel evil, cure illness or pray for blessings
有鬼
yǒu guǐ — (fig.) to smell fishy
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
大戲
dà xì — 1. large-scale Chinese opera 2. Beijing opera 3. major dramatic production (movie, TV series etc)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
龍王
Lóng wáng — Dragon King (mythology)
yé — 1. grandpa 2. old gentleman
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
七月
Qī yuè — 1. July 2. seventh month (of the lunar year)
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dǐng — 1. apex 2. crown of the head 3. top 4. roof 5. most 6. to carry on the head 7. to push to the top 8. to go against 9. to replace 10. to substitute 11. to be subjected to (an aerial bombing, hailstorm etc) 12. (slang) to "bump" a forum thread to raise its profile 13. classifier for headwear, hats, veils etc (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
tuō — 1. to shed 2. to take off 3. to escape 4. to get away from (HSK 4)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
四月
Sì yuè — 1. April 2. fourth month (of the lunar year)
十八
shí bā — 1. eighteen 2. 18
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
燒香
shāo xiāng — to burn incense
磕頭
kē tóu — to kowtow (traditional greeting, esp. to a superior, involving kneeling and pressing one's forehead to the ground)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Zhài — surname Zhai (HSK 7-9)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)

跳大神有鬼,唱大戏是唱给龙王爷看的,七月十五放河灯,是把灯放给鬼,让他顶著个灯去脱生。四月十八也是烧香磕头的祭鬼。

Only the yangge dance was prepared for the living, and not for the ghosts.The yangge dance took place on the fifteenth of the first month, precisely the slack season for farming, and taking advantage of the New Year, people would dress up in costume — men dressed as women — got up in ways that were comic and ridiculous.

只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
秧歌
yāng ge — Yangge, a popular rural folk dance (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
活人
huó rén — living person
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
預備
yù bèi — 1. to prepare 2. to make ready 3. preparation 4. preparatory (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
秧歌
yāng ge — Yangge, a popular rural folk dance (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
正月
Zhēng yuè — first month of the lunar year
十五
shí wǔ — 1. fifteen 2. 15
正是
zhèng shì — is precisely (HSK 2)
農閒
nóng xián — the agricultural off-season; the farming slack season
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
chèn — 1. to avail oneself of 2. to take advantage of (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
新年
xīn nián — 1. New Year 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
huā — variant of 花 (huā)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
zhuāng — 1. adornment 2. to adorn 3. dress 4. clothing 5. costume (of an actor in a play) 6. to play a role 7. to pretend 8. to install 9. to fix 10. to wrap (sth in a bag) 11. to load 12. to pack (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
zhuāng — 1. adornment 2. to adorn 3. dress 4. clothing 5. costume (of an actor in a play) 6. to play a role 7. to pretend 8. to install 9. to fix 10. to wrap (sth in a bag) 11. to load 12. to pack (HSK 2)
女人
nǚ rén — woman (HSK 1)
zhuāng — 1. adornment 2. to adorn 3. dress 4. clothing 5. costume (of an actor in a play) 6. to play a role 7. to pretend 8. to install 9. to fix 10. to wrap (sth in a bag) 11. to load 12. to pack (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
滑稽
huá jī — 1. comical; funny; amusing (old pr. (gǔ jī)) 2. huaji, a form of comedy performance popular in Shanghai, Jiangsu and Zhejiang (HSK 7-9)
可笑
kě xiào — 1. funny 2. ridiculous (HSK 7-9)

只有跳秧歌,是为活人而不是为鬼预备的。跳秧歌是在正月十五,正是农闲的时候,趁著新年而化起装来,男人装女人,装得滑稽可笑。

……Lion dances, dragon lanterns, land boats...and so on — these too seemed somehow bound up with offerings to the ghosts, so intricate in their variety that they can't be explained all at once.

獅子
Shī zǐ — 1. Leo (star sign) 2. Shihtzu township in Pingtung County 屏東縣 (Píng dōng Xiàn), Taiwan (HSK 7-9)
龍燈
lóng dēng — dragon lantern
hàn — drought (HSK 7-9)
chuán — 1. boat 2. vessel 3. ship 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 艘 (sōu), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
等等
děng děng — 1. et cetera 2. and so on ... 3. wait a minute! 4. hold on!
似乎
sì hū — it seems; seemingly; as if (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gēn — 1. heel 2. to follow closely 3. to go with 4. (of a woman) to marry sb 5. with 6. compared with 7. to 8. towards 9. and (joining two nouns) (HSK 1)
Zhài — surname Zhai (HSK 7-9)
guǐ — 1. disembodied spirit; ghost; devil 2. (suffix) person with a certain vice or addiction etc 3. sly; crafty; resourceful (variant of 詭 (guǐ)) 4. one of the 28 constellations of ancient Chinese astronomy (HSK 5)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
花樣
huā yàng — 1. pattern 2. way of doing sth 3. trick 4. ruse 5. fancy-style (as in 花樣滑冰 (huā yàng huá bīng) figure skating) (HSK 7-9)
複雜
fù zá — complicated; complex (HSK 3)
一時
yī shí — 1. a period of time 2. a while 3. for a short while 4. temporary 5. momentary 6. at the same time (HSK 6)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
不清楚
bù qīng chu — 1. unclear 2. not understood 3. currently unknown

狮子、龙灯、旱船……等等,似乎也跟祭鬼似的,花样复杂,一时说不清楚。

Loading the interactive reader…

What it’s about

Shaman Dances, River Lanterns and the Temple Fair surveys the public rituals through which Hulan's residents bargain with illness, death and the uncertain spirit world. When someone is sick, a shaman beats the drum, sings and dances through the night while the family and neighbours watch; the performance can look like theatre even when fear gives it deadly seriousness. At the Ghost Festival, river lanterns float downstream to light a path for drowned souls, small flames briefly turning the dark water splendid. Other observances bring rain prayers, operas, painted figures and crowds into the streets. The calendar gives the town movement, but each celebration also reveals how readily suffering becomes spectacle.

The temple fair is the chapter's fullest gathering of commerce, devotion and entertainment. People burn incense, make vows, inspect clay gods, buy snacks and household trifles, and press toward performances whose noise matters as much as their story. Xiao Hong describes colours and sounds with a child's fascination while allowing the adult narrator's irony to remain audible: gods are petitioned like officials, ritual specialists earn their fees, and spectators seek excitement beside people in genuine distress. No single festival supplies a plot. Together they show a community explaining misfortune through inherited forms and briefly escaping its narrow routine through crowds, lights and music. Beauty is real here—the lanterns on the river are among the book's loveliest images—but it never cancels the loneliness that called the ritual into being.

When it was written 背景

Composed in wartime Hong Kong and serialized in 1940, this chapter preserves practices Xiao Hong remembered from her childhood in northeastern China while refusing to present them as a tidy ethnographic catalogue. Her position is double: the ceremonies belong to the sensory richness of home, yet their authority can reinforce fatalism and expose vulnerable people to danger. Learners may find the ritual vocabulary denser than in the first chapter—spirits, offerings, drums, temples and festival dates arrive rapidly—but the repeated structures make the prose navigable. Begin by following the movement from private sickroom to river to crowded fair. That widening scale shows how individual fear becomes collective custom, and why the narrator can be enchanted by a scene while judging the society gathered around it.

Words in this chapter 生词